10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

______________________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K

_____________________________________________________________________________________

(Mark One)

☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

OR

☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM          TO

Commission File Number: 001-38347

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Nine Energy Service, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Delaware	80-0759121
(State or other jurisdiction of<br>incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer<br>Identification No.)
2001 Kirby Drive, Suite 200
---	---
Houston, TX	77019
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(281) 730-5100

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered*
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	NINE	New York Stock Exchange

*    On February 5, 2026, the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) filed a Form 25 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to delist Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s common stock (the “common stock”) from the NYSE. The deregistration of the common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, will be effective 90 days, or such shorter period as the SEC may determine, after filing of the Form 25.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

_____________________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.       Yes   o    No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.       Yes   o        No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.       Yes   x        No   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).       Yes   x     No   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	o	Accelerated filer	o
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).       Yes   ☐       No   x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (based on the closing sales price on the NYSE on June 30, 2025) was $28,438,468.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at March 2, 2026 was 43,310,777.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Information called for in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered in connection with its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or such information will be included in an amendment to this Form 10-K in accordance with General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
	Item 1.	Business	4
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	16
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	38
	Item 1C.	Cybersecurity	38
	Item 2.	Properties	39
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	39
	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	40
PART II
	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	41
	Item 6.	[Reserved]	41
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	42
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	56
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	56
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	57
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	57
	Item 9B.	Other Information	57
	Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	57
PART III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	58
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	58
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	58
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	58
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	58
PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	59
	Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	62

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements, which are statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and are therefore subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can have,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar words or expressions or the negative thereof; however, not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report include statements regarding our strategies, objectives, expectations, prospects, plans, future operations, and estimated and projected financial results, operational performance, costs, and cash flows.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report; we disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless required by law, and we caution you not to place undue reliance on them. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this Annual Report are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these plans, intentions, or expectations will be achieved.

We disclose important known factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this Annual Report. Additional risks or uncertainties that are not currently known to us, that we currently deem to be immaterial, or that could apply to any company could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or future results.

These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The following is a summary of the principal risk factors that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and make an investment in us speculative or risky. A more complete statement of these risk factors is set forth in “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report.

•During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases (as defined below), trading in our securities (including our common stock) is highly speculative and poses substantial risks. Trading prices for our securities may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by the holders of our securities in the Chapter 11 Cases. We expect that holders of our securities could experience a significant or complete loss on their investment, depending on the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases. In particular, the Plan (as defined below) contemplates that all shares of our common stock will be canceled for no consideration.

•We are subject to several risks attendant to the bankruptcy process, including those relating to our ability to consummate the Plan, particularly if the Restructuring Support Agreement (as defined below) is terminated, and the effects of the Chapter 11 Cases, including increased legal and other professional fees necessary to execute our reorganization, on our liquidity (including the availability of operating capital during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases), results of operations, or prospects. We cannot predict the amount of time that we will spend in bankruptcy, and a lengthy bankruptcy proceeding could disrupt our business as well as impair the prospect for reorganization on the terms contained in the Plan.

•Our business is cyclical and depends on capital spending and well completions by the onshore oil and natural gas industry, and the level of such activity is volatile and strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices. If the prices of oil and natural gas decline, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects may be materially adversely affected. Significant factors that are likely to affect near-term commodity prices include geopolitical and economic developments in the U.S. and globally, including tariffs imposed by the U.S. and other countries or retaliatory trade measures and conflicts, instability, acts of war, and terrorism in oil-producing countries or regions, particularly the Middle East, Russia, South America, and Africa; actions by the members of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and other oil-exporting nations that relate to or impact oil production and supply; weather conditions; the effect of U.S. energy, monetary, and trade policies; and the pace of economic growth in the U.S. and throughout the world.

•Inflation may materially adversely affect our financial position and operating results; in particular, cost inflation with labor or materials could offset any price increases for our products and services.

•If we are unable to attract and retain key employees, technical personnel, and other skilled and qualified workers, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer.

•We may be unable to maintain existing prices or implement price increases on our products and services, and intense competition in the markets for our dissolvable plug products may lead to pricing pressures, reduced sales, or reduced market share.

•Our substantial debt obligations could have significant adverse consequences on our business and future prospects, and restrictions in our debt agreements could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

•Our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial or technical resources, and greater name recognition than we do.

•Our operations are subject to conditions inherent in the oilfield services industry, such as equipment defects, liabilities arising from accidents or damage involving our fleet of trucks or other equipment, explosions and uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids, and loss of well control.

•If we are unable to accurately predict customer demand or if customers cancel their orders on short notice, we may hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce gross margins. Conversely, insufficient inventory would result in lost revenue opportunities and potentially loss of market share and damaged customer relationships.

•We are dependent on customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers, including certain of our customers outside of the U.S., could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations. Sales to customers outside of the U.S. also exposes us to risks inherent in doing business internationally, including political, social, and economic instability and disruptions, export controls, economic sanctions, embargoes or trade restrictions, and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

•We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage or other litigation, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

•We are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety, and protection of the environment. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages, or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

•Our success may be affected by the use and protection of our proprietary technology as well as our ability to enter into license agreements. There are limitations to our intellectual property rights and, thus, our right to exclude others from the use of our proprietary technology.

•Our success may be affected by our ability to implement new technologies and services.

•If our systems for protecting against cybersecurity risks prove not to be sufficient, we could be materially adversely affected by, among other things, loss or damage of intellectual property, proprietary information, customer or business data; interruption of business operations; or additional costs to prevent, respond to, or mitigate cybersecurity attacks.

•Our future financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted by asset impairment charges.

•Increased scrutiny of sustainability matters could have an adverse effect on our business and damage our reputation.

•Increased attention to climate change and conservation measures may reduce oil and natural gas demand, and we face various risks associated with increased activism and related litigation against oil and natural gas exploration and development activities.

•Seasonal and adverse weather conditions adversely affect demand for our products and services.

Item 1.    Business

Overview

Nine Energy Service, Inc. (either individually or together with its subsidiaries, as the context requires, the “Company,” “Nine,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) is a Delaware corporation that was formed in February 2013 through a combination of three service companies owned by SCF Partners, L.P. or its affiliates. Nine is a leading completion services provider that targets unconventional oil and gas resource development across North American basins and abroad. We partner with our exploration and production (“E&P”) customers to design and deploy downhole solutions and technology to prepare horizontal, multistage wells for production. We focus on providing our customers with cost-effective and comprehensive completion solutions designed to maximize their production levels and operating efficiencies. We believe our success is a product of our culture, which is driven by our intense focus on performance and wellsite execution as well as our commitment to forward-leaning technologies that aid us in the development of smarter, customized applications that drive efficiencies.

We provide our comprehensive completion solutions across a diverse set of well-types, including on the most complex, technically demanding unconventional wells. Modern, high-intensity completion techniques are a more effective way for our customers to maximize resource extraction from horizontal oil and gas wells. These completion techniques provide improved estimated ultimate recovery per lateral foot and a superior return on investment by decreasing cycle time, which make them attractive to operators. We compete for the most intricate and demanding projects, which are characterized by extended reach horizontal laterals, increased stage counts per well, multi-well pad development, and increased proppant loading per lateral foot. As stage counts per well and wells per pad increase, so do our operating leverage and returns, as we are able to complete more jobs and stages with the same number of units and crews. Service providers for these demanding projects are selected based on their technical expertise and ability to execute safely and efficiently. As our customers continue to improve operational efficiencies in completions design, increasing its complexity and difficulty, oilfield service selection becomes much more critical and selective.

We offer a variety of completion applications and technologies to match customer needs across the broadest addressable completions market. Our comprehensive well solutions range from cementing the well at the initial stages of the completion, preparing the well for stimulation, isolating all the stages of an extended reach lateral, and the drilling out of isolation tools. Our completion techniques are specifically tailored to the customer and geology of each well. At the initial stage of a well completion, our lab facilities produce customized cementing slurries used to secure the production casing to ensure well integrity throughout the life of the well. Once the casing is in place, we utilize our proprietary tools at the toe (end) of the well, often called stage one, to prepare for the well stimulation process. Following stage one, we perform plug-and-perf completions using a wireline or electric wireline truck and reel, as well as our composite, hybrid, or dissolvable frac plugs. Through our wireline units, we provide plug-and-perf services that, when combined with our fully-composite, hybrid, or dissolvable frac plugs, create perforations to isolate and divert the fracture to the correct stage. Our completion tool technology focuses on composite, hybrid, and dissolvable frac plugs that isolate stages in a completion but also includes a number of other patented technologies sold in North America and abroad. Our equipment also includes large-diameter coiled tubing units that are capable of reaching the farthest depths for the removal of plugs and cleaning of the wellbore to prepare for production.

Our website is located at https://nineenergyservice.com, and our investor relations website is located at https://investor.nineenergyservice.com. The information posted on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are available free of charge on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may also access all of our public filings through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Investors and other interested parties should note that we use our investor relations website to publish important information about us, including information that may be deemed material to investors. We encourage investors and other interested parties to review the information we may publish through our investor relations website, in addition to our SEC filings, press releases, conference calls, and webcasts.

Current Bankruptcy Proceedings

On February 1, 2026 (the “Petition Date”), we and our domestic and Canadian subsidiaries (the “Company Parties”) filed voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) under chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to implement a prepackaged Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) to effectuate a financial restructuring of the Company Parties’ existing indebtedness (the “Restructuring”). Prior to filing the Chapter 11 Cases, on February 1, 2026, the Company

•the Prepetition ABL Lenders providing the Company Parties with a senior secured super-priority asset-based debtor-in-possession credit facility consisting of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments (the “DIP ABL Facility”), including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement, which will, upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, convert into the Exit ABL Facility (as defined below) on the effective date of the Plan (the “Plan Effective Date”) or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter;

•on the Plan Effective Date, the Company (as reorganized, the “Reorganized Company”) issuing 100% of a single class of common equity interests to the holders of the 2028 Notes and the 2028 Notes being canceled; and

•on the Plan Effective Date, the Company’s currently existing common stock being canceled.

On February 3, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court, on an interim basis, approved the DIP ABL Facility and the Company Parties entered into a loan and security agreement (the “DIP Loan and Security Agreement”) with White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent (the “DIP Agent”), and White Oak ABL 3, LLC and White Oak Europe ABL Limited, as lenders (the “DIP Lenders”), which provides the Company Parties with the DIP ABL Facility. The DIP Loan and Security Agreement includes certain terms and conditions (including the Plan becoming effective) providing for the conversion of the DIP ABL Facility into an exit senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility consisting of up to $135.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments (the “Exit ABL Facility”) on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

Since the Petition Date, the Company Parties have been operating their businesses as debtors-in-possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Company Parties have requested and obtained relief from the Bankruptcy Court that enables them to continue their ordinary course operations during the Chapter 11 Cases and uphold their commitments to their stakeholders, including employees, customers, and vendors, during the restructuring process, subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Subject to certain exceptions under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases automatically stayed the continuation of most legal proceedings and the filing of other actions against or on behalf of the Company Parties or their property to recover on, collect or secure a claim arising prior to the Petition Date or to exercise control over property of the Company Parties’ bankruptcy estate unless and until the Bankruptcy Court modifies or lifts the automatic stay as to any such claim. In particular, although the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases constituted an event of default that accelerated our obligations under the indenture governing the 2028 Notes (the “Indenture”) and the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement (together with the Indenture, the “Debt Instruments”) and caused the principal and interest due thereunder to be immediately due and payable, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement in respect of the Debt Instruments are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding the general application of the automatic stay described above and other protections afforded by the Bankruptcy Code, governmental authorities may determine to continue actions brought under their police and regulatory powers.

On March 4, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan (the “Confirmation Order”). The Company Parties anticipate emerging from the Chapter 11 Cases, and the Plan Effective Date occurring, on March 5, 2026; however, consummation of the Restructuring pursuant to the Plan is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Plan. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that such transactions will be consummated. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Chapter 11 Cases” in Item 1A of Part I for a discussion of the risks related to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Our Services

We derive revenue by providing services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. The following is a description of our primary service offerings and deployment methods:

Cementing Services: Our cementing services consist of blending high-grade cement and water with various solid and liquid additives to create a cement slurry that is pumped between the casing and the wellbore of the well. We currently operate four high-quality laboratory facilities capable of designing and testing all of the current industry cement designs. The laboratory facilities operate twenty-four hours a day and are fully staffed by qualified technicians with the latest equipment and modeling software. Additionally, our technicians and engineers ensure that all tests are performed to American Petroleum Institute specifications and results are delivered to customers promptly. Our cement slurries are designed to achieve the proper cement thickening time, compressive strength, and fluid loss control. Our slurries can be modified to address a wide range of downhole needs of our E&P customers, including varying well depths, downhole temperatures, pressures, and formation characteristics.

We deploy our slurries by using our customized design twin-pumping units, which are fully redundant, containing two pumps, two hydraulic systems, two mixing pumps, and two electrical systems. This customized design significantly decreases our risk of downtime due to mechanical failure and eliminates the necessity of having an additional cementing unit on standby. We have invested in the highest quality cementing equipment.

From January 2018 through December 2025, we completed approximately 30,300 cementing jobs, with an on-time rate of approximately 89%. Punctuality of service is one of the primary metrics that E&P operators use to evaluate the cementing services they receive. Key contributors to our 89% on-time rate include our lab capabilities, personnel, close proximity to our customers’ acreage, dual-sided bulk loading plants, and our service-driven culture.

Completion Tools: We provide downhole solutions and technology used for multistage completions. Our comprehensive completion service offerings are mostly comprised of composite, hybrid, and dissolvable frac plugs in a variety of sizes to isolate stages during plug-and-perf operations. We have coupled patented tool designs with proprietary materials for our dissolvable offering, enabling us to serve the entire addressable plug market. With this ability, we have traditional and long-range plugs to address every type of wellbore situation. Our frac plug technology is complemented by our unconventional open hole and cemented completion tool products, such as liner hangers and accessories, fracture isolation packers, frac sleeves, stage one prep tools, casing flotation tools, specialty open hole float equipment, disk subs, composite cement retainers, and centralizers. Our tool portfolio also includes a multi-cycle barrier valve to address the international, conventional markets.

Our systems provide completion efficiencies at the wellsite by reducing our customers’ equipment needs and stimulation time and allowing for specific zonal treatment. Our dissolvable frac plugs help operators reduce cycle times to bring production online faster, decrease the amount of equipment and people needed on location, and significantly reduce carbon emissions compared to a traditional composite plug completion. Through these reductions in cycle time, our dissolvable plugs can help increase our customers’ internal rate of return and provide a safer and more efficient working environment. From January 2018 through December 2025, we deployed approximately 646,700 isolation, stage one, and casing flotation tools.

Wireline Services: Our wireline services involve the use of a wireline or electric wireline unit equipped with a spool of wireline that is unwound and lowered into oil and gas wells to convey specialized tools or equipment for well completion, well intervention, or pipe recovery. We operate a fleet of modern and “fit-for-purpose” cased hole wireline units designed for operating in unconventional completion operations. Our operation is equipped with the latest technology utilized to service long lateral completions, including head tension tools, ballistic release tools, and addressable switches. We have converted several of our hydraulic wireline units to electric, which significantly reduces carbon emissions and the use of diesel. We currently have wireline units equipped with Coated Line, which is a coated wireline that significantly reduces injector oil use. Offering a lower dynamic coefficient of friction, Coated Line wireline requires less pump down fluid to operate and is more conducive for reaching further depths in longer laterals.

The majority of our wireline work consists of plug-and-perf completions, which is a multistage well completion technique for cased-hole wells that consists of deploying perforating guns to a specified depth. We deploy proprietary specialized tools like our fully-composite, hybrid, and dissolvable frac plugs through our wireline units. From January 2018 through December 2025, we completed approximately 221,200 wireline stages with a success rate of over 99%.

Coiled Tubing Services: Coiled tubing services perform wellbore intervention operations utilizing a continuous steel pipe that is transported to the wellsite wound on a large spool in lengths of up to 30,000 feet. Coiled tubing provides a cost-effective solution for well work due to the ability to deploy efficiently and safely into a live well using specialized well-control equipment. The live well work capability limits the customer’s risk of formation damage associated with “killing” a well (the temporary placement of heavy fluids in a wellbore to keep reservoir fluids in place) while allowing for safer operations due to minimal equipment handling. Coiled tubing facilitates a variety of services in both new and old wells, such as milling, drilling, fishing, production logging, artificial lift, cementing, and stimulation.

Our coiled tubing units carry data acquisition and dissemination technology, allowing our customers to monitor jobs via a web interface. Our “extended reach” units are capable of reaching the toe of wells with total measured depths of 27,000

feet and beyond, including lateral lengths in excess of 12,500 feet, keeping pace with the industry’s most challenging downhole environments. While we specialize in larger-diameter (2 3/8” and 2 5/8”) coiled tubing units, we also offer 2” and 1 1/4” diameter solutions to our customers. From January 2018 through December 2025, we have performed approximately 9,400 jobs and deployed approximately 250 million running feet of coiled tubing, with a success rate of over 99%.

Geographic Areas of Operation

We operate in all major onshore basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, Marcellus and Utica Shales, Eagle Ford Shale, DJ Basin, SCOOP/STACK Formation, Bakken Formation, and Haynesville Formation as well as the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin in Canada. We provide our services through strategically placed operating facilities located in-basin throughout the U.S. This local presence allows us to quickly respond to customer demands and operate efficiently. Additionally, through our extensive footprint, we are able to track and implement best practices around completion trends and technology across all divisions and geography.

A portion of completion tool revenue is generated from outside of the U.S., and international completion tools are an important part of our revenue stream.

We believe that our strategic geographic diversity will benefit us as activity increases or decreases in select basins by helping to mitigate basin and commodity-risk. Our broad geographic footprint provides us with exposure to potential increases in drilling and completion activity and will allow us to opportunistically pursue new business in basins with the most active drilling environments.

Seasonality

Our operations are subject to seasonal factors, and our overall financial results reflect seasonal variations. Specifically, we typically have experienced a pause by our customers around the holiday season in the fourth quarter, which may be compounded as our customers exhaust their annual capital spending budgets towards year end.

Additionally, our operations are directly affected by weather conditions. During the winter months (portions of the first and fourth quarters) and periods of heavy snow, ice, or rain, particularly in the northeastern U.S., North Dakota, Rocky Mountains, and western Canada, our customers may delay operations or we may not be able to operate or move our equipment between locations. Also, during the spring thaw, which normally starts in late March and continues through June, some areas, primarily in western Canada, impose transportation restrictions to prevent damage caused by the spring thaw. Throughout the year, heavy rains adversely affect activity levels because well locations and dirt access roads can become impassible in wet conditions. Weather conditions may also negatively affect our customers’ activity levels.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales activities are conducted through a network of sales representatives and business development personnel, which provides us coverage at both the corporate and field level of our customers. We have a technical sales organization with expertise and focus within our specific service lines. Sales representatives work closely with local operations managers to target potential opportunities through strategic focus and planning. Customers are identified as targets based on their drilling and completion activity, geographic location, and economic viability. Our marketing activities are performed internally with input and guidance from a third-party marketing agency. Our strategy is based on building a strong brand though multiple media outlets including our website, select social media accounts, print and online advertisements, billboard advertisements, press releases and various industry-specific conferences, publications, and lectures.

Customers

Our customer base includes a broad range of integrated and independent E&P companies. For the year ended December 31, 2025, our top five customers collectively accounted for approximately 24% of our revenues.

Demand for our services and products is cyclical and substantially dependent upon activity levels in the oil and gas industry, particularly our customers’ willingness to spend capital on the exploration for and development of oil and natural gas. Our customers’ spending plans are generally based on their outlook for near-term and long-term commodity prices. As a result, the demand for our services and products is highly sensitive to current and expected commodity prices.

Competition

We provide our services and products across the U.S., Canada, and abroad, and we compete against different companies in each service and product line we offer. Our competition includes many large and small oilfield service companies,

including the largest integrated oilfield services companies. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the markets we serve are technology offerings, wellsite execution, service quality, technical expertise, equipment capacity, work force competency, efficiency, safety record, reputation, and experience. Additionally, projects are often awarded on a bid basis, which tends to create a highly competitive environment. We seek to differentiate our company from our competitors by delivering the highest-quality services, technology, and equipment possible, coupled with superior execution and operating efficiency in a safe working environment. By focusing on cultivating our existing customer relationships and maintaining our high standard of customer service, technology, safety, performance, and quality of crews, equipment, and services, we believe we are differentiated in a competitive market.

Our major competitors include Halliburton Company, Schlumberger Limited, NCS Multistage, Patterson-UTI Energy, KLX Energy Services Holdings, Innovex International, and a significant number of private and locally-oriented businesses.

Suppliers

We purchase a wide variety of raw materials, parts, and components that are manufactured and supplied for our operations from various suppliers. While we are not dependent on any single supplier for those materials, parts, or components, certain product lines depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and vendors. During the year ended December 31, 2025, no supplier of the materials used in our services provided 10% or more of our materials or equipment as a percentage of overall costs.

To date, we have generally been able to obtain the equipment, parts, and supplies necessary to support our operations on a timely basis. While we believe that we will be able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption in the supply of these materials and/or products by one of our suppliers, we may not always be able to make alternative arrangements. In addition, certain materials for which we do not currently have long-term supply agreements could experience shortages and significant price increases in the future. As a result, we may be unable to mitigate any future supply shortages, and our results of operations, prospects, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Research & Technology, Intellectual Property

Our sales and earnings are influenced by our ability to successfully introduce new or improved products and services to the market. We believe we have become a “go-to” provider for piloting new technologies because of our service quality and offering, execution at the wellsite, and geographic footprint.

Our engineering and technology efforts are focused on providing efficient and cost-effective solutions to maximize production for our customers across major North American onshore basins and abroad. We have dedicated resources focused on internally developing new technology and equipment and evolving our existing proprietary tools, as well as resources focused on sourcing and commercializing new technologies through mergers and acquisitions and strategic partnerships, to stay ahead of industry trends and achieve lower completion and production costs for our customers.

We have developed a suite of proprietary downhole tools, products, and techniques through both internal resources, as well as mergers and acquisitions and strategic partnerships with manufacturers and engineering companies looking for a reliable and expansive channel to market. In these partnerships, we have exclusive rights to market and sell technology unavailable to any other service providers in the designated regions, and we sell the technology directly to the customer and order from the manufacturer on an as-needed basis, with no minimum volume requirements and without having to hold excess inventory. These strategic partnerships provide us and our customers with access to unique downhole technology from independent innovators while allowing us to minimize exposure to potential technology adoption risks and the significant costs associated with developing and implementing research and development internally.

Although in the aggregate our patents, licenses, and strategic partnerships are important to us, we do not regard any single patent, license, or strategic partnership as critical or essential to our business as a whole. In general, we depend on our technological capabilities, customer service-oriented culture, and application of our know-how to distinguish ourselves from our competitors, rather than our right to exclude others through patents or exclusive licenses. We also consider the quality and timely delivery of our products, the service we provide to our customers, and the technical knowledge and skill of our personnel to be more important than our registered intellectual property in our ability to compete.

Risk Management and Insurance

Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the oil and natural gas industry, including, but not limited to, accidents, blowouts, explosions, craterings, fires, oil spills, and hazardous materials spills. These conditions can cause personal injury or loss of life; damage to, or destruction of, property, the environment, and wildlife; and the suspension of our and/or our

customers’ operations.

In addition, claims for loss of oil and gas production and damage to formations can occur in the oilfield services industry. If a serious accident were to occur at a location where our equipment and services are being used, it could result in us being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims.

Because our business involves the transportation of heavy equipment and materials, we may also experience traffic accidents which may result in spills, property damage, and personal injury.

Despite our efforts to maintain high safety standards, from time to time, we have suffered accidents, and there is a risk that we will experience accidents in the future. In addition to the property and personal losses from these accidents, the frequency and severity of these incidents affect our operating costs, insurability, and relationships with customers, employees, and regulatory agencies. In particular, in recent years, many of our large customers have placed an increased emphasis on the safety records of their service providers. Any significant increase in the frequency or severity of these incidents, or the general level of compensatory payments, could adversely affect the cost of, or our ability to obtain, workers’ compensation and other forms of insurance and could have other material adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we believe to be customary in the industry, including workers’ compensation, employer’s liability, claims-based pollution, umbrella, comprehensive commercial general liability, business automobile, and property. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable or on terms as favorable as our current arrangements.

We endeavor to allocate potential liabilities and risks between the parties in our Master Service Agreements (“MSAs”). We retain the risk for any liability not indemnified by our customers in excess of our insurance coverage. These MSAs delineate our and our customers’ respective warranty and indemnification obligations with respect to the services we provide. We endeavor to negotiate MSAs with our customers that provide, among other things, that we and our customers assume (without regard to fault) liability for damages to our respective personnel and property. For catastrophic losses, we endeavor to negotiate MSAs that include industry-standard carve-outs from the knock-for-knock indemnities. Additionally, our MSAs often provide carve-outs to the “without regard to fault” concept that would permit, for example, us to be held responsible for events of catastrophic loss only if they arise as a result of our gross negligence or willful misconduct. Our MSAs typically provide for industry-standard pollution indemnities, pursuant to which we assume liability for surface pollution associated with our equipment and originating above the surface (without regard to fault), and our customer assumes (without regard to fault) liability arising from all other pollution, including, without limitation, underground pollution and pollution emanating from the wellbore as a result of an explosion, fire, or blowout. This description of our MSAs is a summary of the material terms of the typical MSA that we have in place and does not reflect every MSA that we have entered into or may enter into in the future, some of which may contain indemnity structures and risk allocations between our customers and us that are different than those described here.

Employees

As of December 31, 2025, we had 1,072 employees, all of which were full-time. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Regulatory Matters

Our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations at the U.S. federal, state, and local levels governing the discharge of materials into the environment, environmental protection, and health and safety aspects of our operations. In addition, due to our operations in Canada, we are subject to Canadian environmental statutes and regulations as well as Canada’s recent anti-forced labor law. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or to obtain or comply with permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial or corrective action requirements, and the imposition of injunctions or other orders to prohibit certain activities, restrict certain operations, or force future compliance with environmental requirements.

There is inherent risk of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities in the performance of our operations due to our handling of petroleum hydrocarbons, other hazardous substances, and wastes, as a result of air emissions and wastewater discharges related to our operations, and because of historical operations and waste disposal practices. Spills or other releases of regulated substances, including such spills and releases that occur in the future, could expose us to material losses, expenditures, and liabilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations. Under certain of such laws and regulations, we could be held strictly and jointly and severally liable for the removal or remediation of previously released

materials or property contamination, regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or contamination and even if our operations met previous standards in the industry at the time they were conducted.

The following is a summary of some of the existing laws, rules, and regulations to which we are subject.

Hazardous Substances and Waste Handling

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the management, generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the guidance issued by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. We are required to manage the disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in compliance with RCRA and analogous state laws. RCRA currently exempts many E&P wastes from classification as hazardous waste if properly handled. Specifically, RCRA excludes from the definition of hazardous waste drilling fluids, produced waters, and most of the other wastes intrinsically associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil and natural gas and, instead, these fluids, waters, and wastes are regulated under RCRA’s less stringent non-hazardous waste provisions, state laws, or other federal laws. However, it is possible that certain oil and natural gas E&P wastes now classified as non-hazardous could be classified as hazardous waste in the future. Stricter regulation of wastes generated during our or our customers’ operations could result in increased costs for our operations or the operations of our customers, which could in turn reduce demand for our services and adversely affect our business.

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the current and former owner or operator of the site where the release occurred and anyone who transported, disposed, or arranged for the transport or disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. Persons who are or were responsible for releases of hazardous substances under CERCLA and any state analogs may be subject to joint and several and strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment and for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. We currently own, lease, or operate numerous properties that have been used for manufacturing and other operations for many years. These properties and the substances disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove previously disposed substances and wastes, remediate contaminated property, or perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment.

Worker Health and Safety

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state laws, establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. The OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, and comparable state statutes require maintenance of information about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and provision of this information to employees, state and local government authorities, and citizens. Additionally, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (the “FMCSA”) regulates and provides safety oversight of commercial motor vehicles, the EPA establishes requirements to protect human health and the environment, and the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives establishes requirements for the safe use and storage of explosives. The federal Nuclear Regulatory Commission establishes requirements for the possession and use of radioactive materials, while most states have entered into agreements that allow them to assume licensing and oversight activities for specified classes of such materials. State agencies typically regulate other sources of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed, and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued, in connection with any failure to comply with these laws and regulations.

Transportation Safety and Compliance

As of December 31, 2025, we operated a fleet in excess of 580 commercial motor vehicles. As such, we are subject to regulation as a motor carrier by the U.S. Department of Transportation (the “DOT”) and analogous state agencies and their applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations and Hazardous Materials Regulations for interstate travel promulgated by the FMCSA under the DOT and comparable state regulations for intrastate travel. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers, governing activities such as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, regulatory safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications, and insurance

requirements. In connection with these rules, substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to the safe operation of commercial motor vehicles.

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the “Clean Water Act”) and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States (“WOTUS”) and state waters. The discharge of pollutants into, and other impacts to, regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”) or an analogous state agency. The scope of federal jurisdictional reach over WOTUS has been subject to substantial revision in recent years. In 2015, the EPA and the Corps issued a rule defining the scope of federal jurisdiction over WOTUS, which never took effect before being replaced by the Navigable Waters Protection Rule (the “NWPR”) in 2020. A coalition of states and cities, environmental groups, and agricultural groups challenged the NWPR, which was vacated by a federal district court in August 2021. In January 2023, the EPA and the Corps issued a final rule that based the definition of WOTUS on the pre-2015 definition. Separately, in May 2023, the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in Sackett v. EPA narrowed federal jurisdiction over wetlands to “traditional navigable waters” and wetlands or other waters that have a “continuous surface connection” with, or are otherwise indistinguishable from, traditional navigable waters. In September 2023, the EPA and the Corps published a direct-to-final rule that conforms the regulatory definition of WOTUS to the Supreme Court’s May 2023 decision in Sackett. However, roughly half of the states and other plaintiffs are continuing to challenge the September 2023 rule, and the EPA and the Corps are using the pre-2015 definition of WOTUS in these states while litigation continues. In November 2025, the EPA and the Corps issued a proposed rule to revise the definition of WOTUS under the Clean Water Act in response to the Sackett decision. This proposed rule could narrow the range of waters subject to regulation under the Clean Water Act. As a result, substantial uncertainty exists with respect to future implementation of the September 2023 rule and the scope of Clean Water Act jurisdiction generally. In addition, in an April 2020 decision defining the scope of the Clean Water Act that was issued days after the NWPR was published, the U.S. Supreme Court held that, in certain cases, discharges from a point source to a WOTUS through groundwater require a permit if the discharge is the “functional equivalent” of a direct discharge. The Court rejected the EPA and the Corps’ assertion that groundwater should be totally excluded from the Clean Water Act. In November 2023, the EPA issued draft guidance describing the functional equivalent analysis and the information that should be used to determine which discharges through groundwater may require a permit. However, in January 2025, President Trump issued executive orders directing (i) the EPA and the Corps to identify planned or potential actions that could be subject to emergency treatment under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and (ii) the heads of all federal agencies to identify and begin the processes to suspend, revise, or rescind all agency actions, including all existing regulations and guidance documents, that are unduly burdensome on the identification, development, or use of domestic energy resources. Accordingly, future implementation and enforcement of these rules and policies is uncertain at this time. To the extent a future rule or court decision expands Clean Water Act jurisdiction, certain energy companies could face increased costs and delays with respect to obtaining permits for dredge and fill activities in wetland areas, which in turn could reduce demand for our services. The process for obtaining permits has the potential to delay our operations and those of our customers. Spill prevention, control, and countermeasure requirements of federal laws require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters by a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture, or leak. In addition, the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of wastewater and storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil, and criminal penalties as well as other enforcement mechanisms for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws and regulations. The Clean Water Act and analogous state laws provide for administrative, civil, and criminal penalties for unauthorized discharges and, together with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, impose rigorous requirements for spill prevention and response planning, as well as substantial potential liability, such as strict liability and natural resources damages liability, for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages in connection with any unauthorized discharges.

Air Emissions

Through the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (the “CAA”), and comparable state and local laws and regulations, the EPA regulates emissions of various air pollutants through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other requirements. The EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of air pollutants at specified sources. New facilities may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and modified and existing facilities may be required to obtain additional permits.

In June 2016, the EPA finalized regulations establishing New Source Performance Standards, known as Subpart OOOOa, for methane and volatile organic compounds from new and modified oil and natural gas production and natural gas

processing and transmission facilities. In December 2023, the EPA issued a final rule, under the CAA’s New Source Performance Standards, intended to reduce methane emissions from new and existing oil and gas sources. The new rule makes the existing regulations in Subpart OOOOa more stringent and creates a Subpart OOOOb to expand reduction requirements for new, modified, and reconstructed oil and gas sources that commenced construction, modification, or reconstruction after December 6, 2022, including standards focusing on certain source types that have never been regulated under the CAA (including intermittent vent pneumatic controllers, associated gas, and liquids unloading facilities). The new rule phases out flaring through Subpart OOOOb, which prohibits routine flaring from new oil wells after the phase-in period, and through a new Subpart OOOOc, which prohibits flaring absent a showing of technical infeasibility for existing wells with documented methane emissions of 40 tons per year or more. In addition, the final rule establishes “Emissions Guidelines” in Subpart OOOOc, which requires states to develop plans to reduce methane emissions from existing sources that must be at least as effective as presumptive standards set by the EPA. The final rule gives states, along with federal tribes that wish to regulate existing sources, until March 2026 to develop and submit their plans for reducing methane emissions from existing sources. The final emissions guidelines under Subpart OOOOc provide until 2029 for existing sources (i.e., sources constructed prior to December 6, 2022) to comply. The final rule is subject to ongoing litigation but remains in effect. However, in January 2025, President Trump issued an executive order directing the heads of all federal agencies to identify and begin the processes to suspend, revise, or rescind all agency actions that are unduly burdensome on the identification, development, or use of domestic energy resources. Additionally, in March 2025, the EPA announced its intention to revisit the final methane regulations, including Subparts OOOOb and OOOOc. In December 2025, the EPA released a final rule that extends various compliance deadlines outlined in the 2024 New Source Performance Standards and Emissions Guidelines for OOOOb and OOOOc. Many of these CAA rulemakings affecting the industry were issued on the basis of a 2009 EPA rule known as the “Endangerment Finding,” which stated that current and projected concentrations of carbon dioxide, methane, and other greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) endanger public health and welfare (the “Endangerment Finding”). However, in February 2026, the EPA issued a final rule rescinding the Endangerment Finding on the basis that the Endangerment Finding exceeded EPA authority. That same month, a group of environmental and public health organizations filed a lawsuit challenging the February 2026 final rule. The potential impact of the February 2026 final rule, potential subsequent revisions to existing emission standards (including methane regulations), and the outcome of related litigation remain uncertain.

Although there may be an adverse financial impact (including compliance costs, potential permitting delays and increased regulatory requirements) associated with these regulatory changes, the extent and magnitude of impacts cannot be reliably or accurately estimated due to the present uncertainty regarding any additional measures and how they will be implemented. Any new regulations implementing stricter permitting requirements could delay or impair our or our customers’ ability to obtain air emission permits, and result in increased expenditures for pollution control equipment, the costs of which could be significant. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive relief, for non-compliance with air permits or other requirements of the CAA and associated state laws and regulations.

Climate Change

Numerous reports from scientific and governmental bodies, such as the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, have expressed heightened concerns about the impacts of human activity, especially fossil fuel combustion, on the global climate. In turn, governments and civil society are focused on limiting the emissions of GHGs, including emissions of carbon dioxide from the use of oil and natural gas. In 2009, the EPA issued the Endangerment Finding, stating that emissions of GHGs, including carbon dioxide and methane, present a danger to public health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. The EPA has established GHG emission reporting requirements for sources in the oil and gas sector and has also promulgated rules requiring certain large stationary sources of GHGs to obtain preconstruction permits under the CAA and follow “best available control technology” requirements. Although we are not likely to become subject to GHG emissions permitting and best available control technology requirements because none of our facilities are presently major sources of GHG emissions, such requirements could become applicable to our customers and could have an adverse effect on their costs of operations or financial performance, thereby adversely affecting demand for our products and services and our business, financial condition, and results of operations. However, in February 2026, the EPA issued a final rule rescinding the Endangerment Finding on the basis that the Endangerment Finding exceeded EPA authority. That same month, a group of environmental and public health organizations filed a lawsuit challenging the February 2026 final rule. The potential impact of the February 2026 final rule, potential subsequent revisions to existing emission standards for GHGs, and the outcome of related litigation remain uncertain.

In December 2015, the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change resulted in nearly 200 countries, including the U.S., coming together to develop the Paris Agreement, which calls for the parties to undertake “ambitious efforts” to limit the average global temperature. However, in January 2025, President Trump

issued an executive order directing the immediate notice to the United Nations of the United States’ withdrawal from the Paris Agreement and all other agreements made under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. The withdrawal became effective in January 2026. Also in January 2026, President Trump announced the formal withdrawal of the U.S. from the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. The full impact of these actions remains unclear at this time. However, various state and local governments in the U.S. have publicly committed to furthering the goals of the Paris Agreement, and many of these initiatives are expected to continue.

The U.S. Congress has from time to time considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, but no comprehensive federal laws regulating the emission of GHGs or directly imposing a price of carbon have been adopted in recent years. However, such legislation has periodically been introduced in the U.S. Congress and may be proposed or adopted in the future, and energy legislation and other regulatory initiatives have been proposed that are relevant to GHG emissions issues. For example, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which appropriates significant funding for renewable energy initiatives and, for the first time, imposes a fee on GHG emissions from certain oil and gas facilities, was signed into law in August 2022. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 amends the CAA to include a Methane Emissions and Waste Reduction Incentive Program, which requires the EPA to impose a “Waste Emissions Charge” on certain natural gas and oil sources that are already required to report under the EPA’s Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program. To implement the program, in May 2024, the EPA finalized revisions to the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program for petroleum and natural gas facilities. The emissions reported under the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program would be the basis for any payments under the Methane Emissions Reduction Program. However, petitions for reconsideration to the EPA are pending and litigation in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals has commenced. In January 2025, industry associations challenged the Waste Emissions Charge rule in the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals. Additionally, in January 2025, President Trump issued an executive order directing the heads of all federal agencies to identify and begin the processes to suspend, revise, or rescind all agency actions that are unduly burdensome on the identification, development, or use of domestic energy resources. In March 2025, President Trump approved Congress’s Joint Resolution of Disapproval regarding the Waste Emissions Charge rule, and in May 2025, the EPA finalized a rule eliminating the Waste Emissions Charge regulations from the Code of Federal Regulations. In July 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act postponed the effective date of the Waste Emissions Charge until 2034. However, many U.S. state and local governments have intensified or stated their intent to intensify efforts to support international climate commitments and treaties, in addition to developing programs that are aimed at tracking and reducing GHG emissions by means of carbon taxes, policies or incentives to encourage the use of renewable energy or alternative low-carbon fuels, the development of GHG inventories, and cap-and-trade programs that typically require major sources of GHG emissions to acquire and surrender emission allowances in return for emitting GHGs. Emissions fees could increase operating costs within the oil and gas industry and accelerate the transition away from fossil fuels, which could in turn adversely affect our and our customers’ business and results of operations.

The adoption of any new climate change-related legislation or regulation, including any such legislation or regulation that restricts emissions of GHGs from the equipment and operations of our customers or with respect to the oil and natural gas they produce, could adversely affect demand for our products and services. Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce emissions of GHGs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In June 2024, the U.S. Supreme Court issued a ruling in Loper Bright Enterprises v. Raimondo that ended the use of the Chevron doctrine when courts analyze federal regulations. The Chevron doctrine required courts to defer to the reasonable interpretation of agencies when deciding if a regulation reflected the intent of Congress. While the end of Chevron is likely to introduce new complexity for federal agencies and administration of climate change policy and regulatory programs, many of these initiatives are expected to continue. Moreover, incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, such as policies designed to increase utilization of zero-emissions or electric vehicles, as a means of addressing climate change could reduce demand for the oil and natural gas produced by our customers and, in turn, could adversely affect demand for our products and services. Finally, most scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climatic events; if such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse impact on our operations.

Regulations requiring the disclosure of GHG emissions, and other climate-related information or information substantiating climate-related claims, are also being adopted or proposed. For example, at the state level, California enacted legislation that will ultimately require certain companies that do business in California to publicly disclose their Scopes 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions, with third-party assurance of such data, and issue public reports on their climate-related financial risk and related mitigation measures. These laws are subject to ongoing legal challenges and certain requirements are currently enjoined. It is unclear how the litigation process and additional legal developments will impact enforceability of these requirements and the timeline and cost of compliance.

Hydraulic Fracturing

Our businesses are dependent on hydraulic fracturing and horizontal drilling activities. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the injection of water, sand, and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. For example, the EPA has asserted federal regulatory authority pursuant to the federal Safe Drinking Water Act over certain hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel fuels in fracturing fluids and has issued permitting guidance that applies to such activities.

There is considerable uncertainty surrounding regulation of the emissions of methane, which may be released during hydraulic fracturing. In addition to the EPA’s new Subpart OOOO regulations discussed above, other federal agencies have promulgated rules regulating methane. In April 2024, the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (the “BLM”) finalized a rule to reduce the waste of natural gas during the production of oil and gas on federal and tribal lands. The final rule took effect in June 2024. However, in May 2024, the states of North Dakota, Texas, Montana, Wyoming, and Utah challenged the rule. In September 2024, the U.S. District Court for the District of North Dakota granted a motion prohibiting the BLM from enforcing the rule against those states pending the outcome of the litigation. In January 2025, President Trump issued an executive order directing the heads of all federal agencies to identify and begin the processes to suspend, revise, or rescind all agency actions that are unduly burdensome on the identification, development, or use of domestic energy resources. Additionally, in November 2025, the BLM announced that it would postpone the enforcement of two provisions from the April 2024 rule that were originally set to take effect in December 2025, including those related to flare measurement and sampling for certain flow rates and the submission of Leak Detection and Repair programs. Consequently, future implementation and enforcement of the final rule remains uncertain at this time.

The EPA has also issued effluent limitation guidelines that prohibit the discharge of wastewater from hydraulic fracturing operations to publicly owned wastewater treatment plants. Also, from time to time, legislation has been introduced, but not enacted, in Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process. It is unclear how any additional federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities may affect our operations, but additional regulatory burdens on our customers could ultimately result in decreased demand for our services.

Various studies analyzing the potential environmental impacts of hydraulic fracturing have also been performed. For example, in December 2016, the EPA issued a report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, which concluded that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources “under some circumstances,” noting that the following hydraulic fracturing water cycle activities and local- or regional-scale factors are more likely than others to result in more frequent or more severe impacts: water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability; surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water; injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity; injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources; discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters; and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. As described elsewhere in this Annual Report, these risks are regulated under various state, federal, and local laws. To date, the EPA has taken no further action in response to the 2016 report.

Some states, counties, and municipalities have implemented, or are considering, increased regulatory oversight of hydraulic fracturing through additional permit requirements, operational restrictions, disclosure requirements, well construction, and temporary or permanent bans on hydraulic fracturing in certain areas. For example, some states have banned the use of high-volume hydraulic fracturing, and others have adopted regulations that impose new or more stringent permitting, disclosure, disposal, and well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. Alternatively, some municipalities are, or have considered, zoning and other ordinances, the conditions of which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing operations. Further, some states, counties, and municipalities are closely examining water use issues, such as permit and disposal options for processed water, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations if such additional permitting requirements are imposed upon our industry. If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing are adopted, such laws could reduce demand for our business by making it more difficult or costly for certain customers to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing becomes regulated at the federal level as a result of federal legislation or regulatory initiatives by the EPA, the business and operations of our customers could be subject to additional permitting requirements, attendant permitting delays, increased operating and compliance costs and process prohibitions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In light of concerns about seismic activity being triggered by the injection of produced waters into underground wells,

certain regulators have also implemented or are considering implementing additional requirements related to seismic safety for hydraulic fracturing activities. A 2015 U.S. Geological Survey report identified eight states, including Texas, with areas of increased rates of induced seismicity that could be attributed to fluid injection or oil and gas extraction. Any regulation that restricts the ability of our customers to dispose of produced waters or increases their cost of doing business could cause them to curtail operations, which in turn could decrease demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our business.

National Environmental Policy Act

Businesses and operations of our customers that are carried out on federal lands may be subject to the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”), which requires federal agencies, including the Department of the Interior (the “DOI”), to evaluate major agency actions having the potential to significantly impact the human environment. In the course of such evaluations, an agency will evaluate the potential direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts of a proposed project and, if necessary, will prepare a detailed Environmental Impact Statement that must be made available for public review and comment. In July 2020, the Council on Environmental Quality (the “CEQ”) revised NEPA’s implementing regulations in an effort to streamline approvals for projects. In October 2021, the CEQ announced its Phase I rule, the first of two planned rules to roll back the 2020 rule, which was finalized in April 2022. The Phase I final rule generally restored certain regulatory provisions that were in effect prior to the 2020 rule. In May 2024, the CEQ finalized the Phase II rule, which accelerated NEPA reviews while maintaining consideration of relevant environmental, climate change, and environmental justice effects of a proposed project. However, in January 2025, President Trump issued an executive order requiring the CEQ to provide guidance on implementing NEPA and to propose rescinding and replacing the CEQ’s NEPA regulations with implementing regulations at the agency level. The executive order also instructed federal agencies to adhere to only the relevant legislated requirements for environmental reviews and to prioritize efficiency and certainty over any other objectives in such reviews. In February 2025, the CEQ sent an interim final rule to the White House Office of Management and Budget that would immediately withdraw the NEPA implementing regulations, and in January 2026, the CEQ finalized the February 2025 rule, which immediately rescinded the NEPA implementing regulations. The potential impact of further changes to the NEPA regulations and statutory text could have an effect on our customers’ business and operations, which could ultimately result in decreased demand for our services.

Endangered Species Act and Migratory Bird Treaty Act

The Endangered Species Act (the “ESA”) was established to protect endangered and threatened species. Pursuant to that act, if a species is listed as threatened or endangered, restrictions may be imposed on activities adversely affecting that species or its habitat. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (the “FWS”) must also designate the species’ critical habitat and suitable habitat as part of the effort to ensure survival of the species. In April 2024, the FWS finalized three rules that revise regulations regarding listing and reclassification of species and designation of critical habitat. These rules also clarify definitions that impact interagency cooperation and reinstated the general application of the “blanket rule” option for protecting newly listed threatened species. These rules were challenged in August 2024 in the Northern District of California. A critical habitat or suitable habitat designation could result in further material restrictions to land use and may materially delay or prohibit land access for oil and natural gas development. Similar protections are offered to migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (the “MBTA”), which makes it illegal to, among other things, hunt, capture, kill, possess, sell, or purchase migratory birds, nests, or eggs without a permit. This prohibition covers most bird species in the U.S. However, in January 2025, President Trump issued an executive order declaring a national energy emergency under the National Emergencies Act. As part of that executive order, agencies were directed to use, to the maximum extent permissible, the ESA regulation on consultations in emergencies to facilitate the domestic energy supply. The executive order also requires the quarterly convening of the Endangered Species Act Committee to ensure prompt and efficient review of all submissions for potential actions that could facilitate energy development. President Trump also issued an executive order directing the heads of all federal agencies to identify and begin the processes to suspend, revise, or rescind all agency actions that are unduly burdensome on the identification, development, or use of domestic energy resources. In April 2025, the DOI restored a 2017 legal opinion concluding that the unintentional or incidental injury or death of migratory birds does not violate the MBTA. During the same month, the FWS and the National Marine Fisheries Service published a notice of proposed rulemaking to withdraw the regulatory definition of “harm” from their respective ESA regulations. Consequently, future implementation and enforcement of the rules impacting the ESA and the MBTA are uncertain. If our customers were to have areas within their business and operations designated as critical or suitable habitat for a protected species, it could decrease demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our business. There is also increasing interest in nature-related matters beyond protected species, such as general biodiversity, which may similarly require us or our customers to incur costs or take other measures that may adversely impact our business or operations.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

We face many challenges and risks in the industry in which we operate. You should carefully consider each of the following risk factors, which make an investment in us speculative or risky, as well as all of the other information set forth in this Annual Report, including under the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The discussion below reflects our beliefs and opinions as to factors that could materially and adversely affect us and our securities in the future. References to past events are provided by way of example only and are not intended to be a complete listing or a representation as to whether or not such factors have occurred in the past or their likelihood of occurring in the future. In addition, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risk factors not presently known to us or which we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, or future results.

Risks Related to the Chapter 11 Cases

During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, trading in our securities (including our common stock) is highly speculative and poses substantial risks, and the Plan contemplates that all shares of our common stock will be canceled for no consideration.

Trading prices for our securities may bear little or no relationship to the actual recovery, if any, by the holders of our securities in the Chapter 11 Cases. We expect that holders of our securities could experience a significant or complete loss on their investment, depending on the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases. In particular, the Plan contemplates that all shares of our common stock will be canceled for no consideration. We have a substantial amount of indebtedness that is senior to the common stock in our capital structure, and the common stockholders will not receive any recovery unless the holders of more senior claims and interests, such as secured and unsecured indebtedness (which are not expected to recover in full under the Plan), are paid in full. Consequently, we expect that the common stock will become worthless.

We are subject to risks and uncertainties attendant to the bankruptcy process.

While we operate our business as debtors-in-possession, for the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases, our operations and our ability to develop and execute our business plan, as well as our continuation as a going concern, our financial condition and our liquidity, are subject to risks and uncertainties attendant to the bankruptcy process generally, which include the following:

•our ability to consummate a plan of reorganization with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases and the outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases generally;

•the high costs of operating our business while in Chapter 11 bankruptcy and related fees;

•our ability to maintain our relationships with our customers, creditors, suppliers, vendors, employees, and other third parties;

•our ability to operate within the restrictions and the liquidity limitations of the DIP ABL Facility and any related orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases;

•our ability to meet the conditions related to the Exit ABL Facility and obtain sufficient financing to execute our business plan post-emergence;

•our ability to maintain contracts that are important to our operations;

•our ability to retain our current management team and to attract, motivate, and retain key employees; and

•the actions and decisions of our creditors and other third parties who have interests in the Chapter 11 Cases that may be inconsistent with our plans.

Even if and once the Plan is implemented, our operating results may be adversely affected by the possible reluctance of prospective customers, suppliers, vendors, and other counterparties to do business with a company that recently emerged from Chapter 11.

We cannot predict the amount of time spent in bankruptcy for the purpose of implementing the Plan, and a lengthy bankruptcy proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

Although the prepackaged Plan is designed to minimize the duration of the Chapter 11 Cases, it is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time that we may spend in bankruptcy. Our future results are dependent upon the successful implementation of the Plan. A lengthy bankruptcy proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity. So long as the Chapter 11 Cases continue, our management will be required to spend a significant amount of time and effort managing the bankruptcy process rather than focusing exclusively on our business operations. A lengthy bankruptcy proceeding may also make it more difficult to retain management and other key personnel necessary to the success and growth of our business. Additionally, so long as the Chapter 11 Cases continue, we will be required to incur significant costs for professional fees and other expenses associated with the administration of the Chapter 11 Cases. If emergence is delayed, we may not have sufficient cash available to operate our business. In that case, we may need new or additional post-petition financing, which may increase the cost of consummating a plan of reorganization. There can be no assurance of the terms on which such financing may be available or if such financing will be available. Moreover, the disruption that the bankruptcy process could have on our business could increase with the length of time it takes to complete the Chapter 11 Cases because the Chapter 11 Cases limit the flexibility of our management in running our business. During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, we need the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court for transactions outside the ordinary course of business. Bankruptcy Court approval of non-ordinary course activities requires, among other things, preparation and filing of appropriate motions with the Bankruptcy Court and therefore may delay transactions and limit our ability to respond timely to certain events or take advantage of certain opportunities. Furthermore, in the event the Bankruptcy Court does not approve a proposed activity or transaction, we would be prevented from engaging in activities and transactions that we believe are beneficial to us. A lengthy bankruptcy proceeding also could increase both the probability and the magnitude of the adverse effects described in the above risk factor.

Material delays in, or negative events during the pendency of, the Chapter 11 Cases increase the risk of us being unable to reorganize our business and successfully emerge from bankruptcy and also increase our costs associated with the bankruptcy process.

Material delays in, or negative events during the pendency of, the Chapter 11 Cases could adversely affect our relationships with our customers, creditors, suppliers, vendors, employees, and other third parties, and our ability to negotiate favorable terms with them. While we expect to continue normal operations during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, public perception of our continued viability may affect, among other things, the desire of new and existing customers, vendors, employees, or other third parties to enter into or continue their agreements or arrangements with us. The failure to maintain any of these important relationships could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Because of the public disclosure of the Chapter 11 Cases and concerns certain vendors may have about our liquidity, our ability to maintain normal credit terms with vendors may be impaired.

We may not be able to satisfy the conditions of the Plan or another Chapter 11 plan of reorganization.

On March 4, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Confirmation Order. While the proposed Plan was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court and we expect for the Plan to become effective on March 5, 2026, it may not become effective because it is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent (some of which are beyond our control). There can be no assurance that such conditions will be satisfied and, therefore, that a plan of reorganization will become effective and that we will emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases as contemplated by a plan of reorganization. If the transactions contemplated by the Plan are not completed, it may become necessary to amend the Plan. The terms of any such amendment are uncertain and could result in material additional expense and result in material delays to the Chapter 11 Cases. As a result, there can be no assurance as to whether we will successfully reorganize and emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases or, if we do successfully reorganize, as to when we would emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases. If we are unable to successfully reorganize, we may not be able to continue our operations.

If the Restructuring Support Agreement is terminated, our ability to consummate the Plan may be materially adversely affected.

The Restructuring Support Agreement contains provisions that give the Consenting Stakeholders the ability to terminate the Restructuring Support Agreement if certain conditions are not satisfied or waived, including the failure to achieve certain milestones. Our ability to timely complete certain milestones is subject to risks and uncertainties that may be beyond our control. Termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement could result in protracted Chapter 11 Cases, the risks of which are discussed in the above risk factors. Furthermore, if the Restructuring Support Agreement is terminated, we may be unable to

consummate the Plan, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to enter into a new plan or that any new plan would be as favorable to holders of claims as the Plan.

The Plan is based in large part upon assumptions and analyses developed by us. If these assumptions and analyses prove to be incorrect, we may not be able to achieve our stated goals and continue as a going concern.

The Plan will affect both our capital structure and the ownership, structure, and operation of our business and reflects assumptions and analyses based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, and expected future developments, as well as other factors that we consider appropriate under the circumstances. In addition, the Plan relies upon financial projections developed by us with the assistance of our financial advisor, including with respect to fees, revenues, debt service, and cash flow. Financial forecasts are necessarily speculative, and it is likely that one or more of the assumptions and estimates that are the basis of these financial forecasts will not be accurate. Whether actual future results and developments will be consistent with our expectations and assumptions depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, (i) our ability to maintain customers’, vendors’, suppliers’, and other third parties’ confidence in our viability as a continuing enterprise and to attract and retain sufficient business from them, (ii) our ability to retain key employees, and (iii) the overall strength and stability of general economic conditions. The failure of any of these factors could materially adversely affect the successful reorganization of our business and the value of the Company. Consequently, at this time, there can be no assurance that the results or developments that are contemplated in the Plan will occur or, even if they do occur, that they will have the anticipated effects on us or our businesses or operations. The failure of any such results or developments to materialize as anticipated could materially adversely affect the successful execution of the Plan.

Even if the Plan is consummated, we may not be able to achieve our stated goals and continue as a going concern.

Even if the Plan is consummated, we will continue to face a number of risks that are beyond our control, such as changes in economic conditions, changes in the financial markets, changes in investment values or the industry in general, changes in demand for our services and products, and increasing expenses. In addition, even after we emerge from bankruptcy, our having recently filed for bankruptcy could adversely affect our business and relationships with our creditors, customers, suppliers, vendors, employees, and other third parties. Due to uncertainties, many risks exist even after emergence from bankruptcy, including our ability to attract, motivate, and/or retain employees may be adversely affected and our ability to retain customers may be negatively impacted. The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material and adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and reputation, and we cannot assure you that having been subject to bankruptcy proceedings will not adversely affect our operations in the future. As a result of these and other risks, we cannot guarantee that the Plan will achieve our stated goals.

Finally, even if our current debts are reduced or discharged through the Plan, we expect to have substantial indebtedness following consummation of the Plan, which may limit our operating flexibility going forward. Our indebtedness following consummation of the Plan will also subject us to certain restrictive covenants. Failure by us to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us and result in amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable. If we are unable to pay amounts due under our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs, such as future capital expenditures or contingent liabilities as a result of adverse business developments, including expenses related to future legal proceedings and governmental investigations or decreased revenues, as well as increased pricing pressures or otherwise, we may need to raise additional funds through one or more public or private debt or equity financings or other means to fund our business after the completion of the Chapter 11 Cases. Our access to additional capital may be limited, if it is available at all, particularly in light of the recent bankruptcy proceedings. Therefore, adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable terms. As a result of these and other risks, we cannot guarantee that the Plan will achieve our stated goals, and, thus, we cannot assure you of our ability to continue as a going concern after our expected emergence from bankruptcy.

Upon our emergence from bankruptcy, the composition of our board of directors (the “Board”) is expected to change.

Under the Plan, the composition of our Board is expected to change. The composition of the initial Board of the Reorganized Company will be determined by the Consenting Stakeholders. Any new directors are likely to have different backgrounds, experiences, and perspectives from those individuals who currently serve or previously served on the Board and thus may have different views on the issues that will determine our future. As a result, our future strategy and plans may differ materially from those of the past. There is no guarantee that the strategic initiatives and plans, whether current or future, of the Board will be implemented in a timely manner or at all and, consequently, there is no guarantee that the operational and financial objectives of the reconstituted Board will be achieved in a timely manner or at all.

The DIP ABL Facility may be insufficient to fund our business operations or may be unavailable to us if we do not comply with certain covenants.

There can be no assurance that the revenue generated by our business operations and the cash made available to us under the DIP ABL Facility will be sufficient to fund our operations. There can be no assurance that additional financing would be available or, if available, offered on terms that are acceptable to us or the Bankruptcy Court. If, for one or more reasons, we need to and are unable to obtain such additional financing, we may cease to continue as a going concern.

The DIP Loan and Security Agreement includes affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us, including a minimum excess availability of not less than $5.0 million. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with these covenants and meet our obligations as they become due or to comply with the other terms and conditions of the DIP Loan and Security Agreement. Any event of default under the DIP Loan and Security Agreement could imperil our ability to reorganize.

We may fail to enter into the Exit ABL Facility.

The DIP Loan and Security Agreement includes certain terms and conditions providing for the conversion of the DIP ABL Facility into the Exit ABL Facility on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. There can be no assurance that we will meet all such required terms and conditions.

We may be subject to claims that will not be discharged in the Chapter 11 Cases, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Bankruptcy Code provides that the confirmation of a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from, among other things, substantially all debts arising prior to consummation of a plan of reorganization. Thus, while generally all claims against us that arose prior to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases or before consummation of the Plan (i) would be subject to compromise and/or treatment under the Plan and/or (ii) would be discharged in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the terms of the Plan, certain exceptions may arise. Subject to the terms of the Plan and orders of the Bankruptcy Court, any claims not ultimately discharged pursuant to the Plan could be asserted against us and may have an adverse effect on our business, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations on a post-reorganization basis.

Changes to our capital structure may have a material adverse effect on existing and future debt and security holders and will adversely impact holders of our common stock.

Pursuant to the Plan, our post-bankruptcy capital structure will change significantly. The reorganization of our capital structure pursuant to the Plan includes exchanges of new debt or equity securities for our existing debt and claims against us. Such new debt will be issued at different interest rates, payment schedules and maturities than our existing debt securities. As contemplated under the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement, no recovery is expected for holders of our common stock in Chapter 11 Cases. There can be no guarantees regarding the success of changes to our capital structure. Holders of our debt or of claims against us may find their holdings no longer have any value or are materially reduced in value, or they may be converted to equity and be diluted or may be modified or replaced by debt with a principal amount that is less than the outstanding principal amount, longer maturities, and reduced interest rates. Our existing equity securities will no longer have any value and holders of such existing equity securities will receive no recovery under the Plan. There can be no assurance that any new debt or equity securities will maintain their value at the time of issuance.

The negotiations regarding the Restructuring have consumed and will continue to consume a substantial portion of the time and attention of our management, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and we may face increased levels of employee attrition.

Our management has spent, and continues to be required to spend, a significant amount of time and effort focusing on the Restructuring. This diversion of attention may have a material adverse effect on the conduct of our business, and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations, particularly if the Restructuring and the Chapter 11 Cases are protracted. During the pendency of the Restructuring, our employees will face considerable distraction and uncertainty, and we may experience increased levels of employee attrition. A loss of key personnel or material erosion of employee morale could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to meet customer expectations, thereby adversely affecting our business and results of operations. The failure to retain or attract members of our management team and other key personnel could impair our ability to execute our strategy and implement operational initiatives, thereby having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Likewise, we could experience losses of customers, vendors, suppliers, and aircraft lessors who may be concerned about our ongoing long-term viability.

Our long-term liquidity requirements and the adequacy of our capital resources are difficult to predict at this time.

We face uncertainty regarding the adequacy of our liquidity and capital resources. In addition to the cash requirements necessary to fund ongoing operations, we have incurred significant professional fees and other costs in connection with preparation for the Chapter 11 Cases and expect that we will continue to incur significant professional fees and costs throughout the Chapter 11 Cases. In addition, we must comply with the covenants of our DIP ABL Facility in order to continue to access our borrowings thereunder. We cannot assure that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and the DIP ABL Facility will be sufficient to continue to fund our operations and allow us to satisfy our obligations related to the Chapter 11 Cases until we are able to emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases.

Our liquidity, including our ability to meet our ongoing operational obligations, is dependent upon, among other things: (i) our ability to comply with the terms and conditions of the DIP Loan and Security Agreement, (ii) our ability to comply with the terms and conditions of any cash collateral order that may be entered by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, (iii) our ability to maintain adequate cash on hand, (iv) our ability to generate cash flow from operations, (v) our ability to consummate a Chapter 11 plan or other alternative restructuring transaction, and (vi) the cost, duration, and outcome of the Chapter 11 Cases.

Upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy, the Reorganized Company will be subject to risks related to its substantial indebtedness.

On the Plan Effective Date, on a consolidated basis, it is expected that the Reorganized Company will have total secured, outstanding indebtedness of approximately $82.6 million, which is expected to consist of borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility. This level of expected indebtedness and the funds required to service such debt could, among other things, make it difficult for the Reorganized Company to satisfy its obligations under such indebtedness, increasing the risk that it may default on such debt obligations. A range of economic, competitive, business, and industry factors will affect the Reorganized Company’s future financial performance and, as a result, its ability to generate cash flow from operations and to pay its debt. Many of these factors are beyond its control. If the Reorganized Company does not generate enough cash flow from operations to satisfy its debt obligations, it may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments, or seeking to raise additional capital. It cannot be assured, however, that undertaking alternative financing plans, if necessary, would be possible on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and allow the Reorganized Company to meet its debt obligations.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. An event of default, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding under the applicable agreement and an event of default with respect to, and an acceleration of, the indebtedness outstanding under any other debt agreements to which we are a party. Any such accelerated indebtedness would become immediately due and payable. If that occurs, we may not be able to make all of the required payments. In addition, any failure to make payments on outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

The expected borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility could have significant adverse consequences on our business and future prospects, including in the following ways:

•requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our existing debt, thereby reducing the cash available to finance our operations and other business activities;

•limiting management’s discretion in operating our business and our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

•increasing our vulnerability to downturns and adverse developments in our business and the economy generally;

•limiting our ability to access the capital markets to raise capital on favorable terms or to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, or acquisitions or to refinance existing indebtedness;

•placing us at a competitive disadvantage relative to competitors with lower levels of indebtedness in relation to their overall size or less restrictive terms governing their indebtedness; and

•making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under our debt instruments and increase the risk that we may default on our debt obligations.

Borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility will bear interest at variable rates, which will expose us to interest rate risk. Under the Exit ABL Facility, if interest rates increased, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash available to finance our operations and other business activities would decrease.

Restrictions in the Exit ABL Facility could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

The Exit ABL Facility will have restrictive covenants that could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities. For example, it will contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

•incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

•pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;

•transfer or sell assets;

•make loans and investments;

•incur liens;

•enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from any non-guarantor restricted subsidiaries to us;

•consolidate, merge, or sell all or substantially all of our assets;

•prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain debt;

•issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities;

•make certain acquisitions and investments;

•engage in transactions with affiliates; and

•create unrestricted subsidiaries.

The restrictions in the Exit ABL Facility could also impact our ability to obtain capital to withstand a downturn in our business or the economy in general, or to otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities. We may also be prevented from taking advantage of business opportunities that arise because of the limitations that the restrictive covenants under our debt arrangements may impose on us.

Our actual financial results after emergence from bankruptcy may not be comparable to our projections filed with the Bankruptcy Court in the course of the Chapter 11 Cases.

In connection with the disclosure statement relating to the Plan that we filed with the Bankruptcy Court, we prepared projected financial information to demonstrate to the Bankruptcy Court the feasibility of the Plan and our ability to continue operations upon our emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases. Those projections were prepared solely for the purpose of the Chapter 11 Cases and have not been and will not be updated and should not be relied upon by investors. At the time they were prepared, the projections reflected numerous assumptions concerning our anticipated future performance with respect to then prevailing and anticipated market and economic conditions that were and remain beyond our control and that may not materialize. We have not updated the projections prepared solely for the purpose of the Chapter 11 Cases or the assumptions on which they were based after our emergence. Projections are inherently subject to substantial and numerous uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks, and the assumptions underlying the projections or valuation estimates may prove to be wrong in material respects. Actual results may vary significantly from those contemplated by the projections. As a result, investors should not rely on these projections.

As a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, our financial results may not reflect historical trends, and our historical financial results may not be indicative of our future financial performance.

During the Chapter 11 Cases, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant fees and expenses. As a result, our historical financial performance is likely not indicative of our financial performance after the Petition Date. In addition, if we emerge from Chapter 11, the amounts reported in subsequent consolidated financial statements may materially change relative to historical consolidated financial statements due to, among other things, cancellation of indebtedness. We also expect

to adopt fresh start accounting upon our emergence from Chapter 11, in which case our assets and liabilities will be recorded at fair value as of the fresh start reporting date. These fair values may differ materially from the recorded values of assets and liabilities on our historical consolidated balance sheets, and as a result, our financial condition and results of operations following our emergence from Chapter 11 may not be comparable to the financial condition and results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements.

We may experience increased levels of employee attrition as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases.

As a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, we may experience increased levels of employee attrition, and our employees have faced, and likely will continue to face, considerable distraction and uncertainty. A loss of key personnel or material erosion of employee morale could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our ability to engage, motivate and retain key employees or take other measures intended to motivate and incentivize key employees to remain with us through the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases may be limited by restrictions on implementation of incentive programs under the Bankruptcy Code. The loss of services of members of our management team and other employees could impair our ability to execute our strategy and implement operational initiatives, which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) may become subject to limitation, or may be reduced or eliminated, in connection with the implementation of the Plan. The Bankruptcy Court has entered an order that is designed to protect our NOLs until the Plan is consummated.

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a corporation is generally permitted to deduct from taxable income NOLs carried forward from prior years. To date, we have generated a significant amount of U.S. federal NOLs.

Our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset future taxable income and to reduce our U.S. federal income tax liability is subject to certain requirements and restrictions. If a corporation with NOLs undergoes an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then such corporation’s use of such “pre-change” NOLs to offset income incurred following such ownership change generally will be subject to an annual limitation specified in Section 382 of the Code. Such limitation also may apply to certain losses or deductions that are “built-in” (i.e., attributable to periods prior to the ownership change, but not yet taken into account for tax purposes) as of the date of the ownership change that are subsequently recognized. An ownership change generally occurs when there is either (i) a shift in ownership involving one or more “5% shareholders,” or (ii) an “equity structure shift” and, as a result, the percentage of stock of the corporation owned by one or more 5% shareholders (based on value) has increased by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of stock of the corporation owned by such shareholders during the “testing period” (generally the three years preceding the testing date). If we experience an “ownership change,” our ability to use our NOLs may be substantially limited, which could increase the taxes paid by us. Although we are taking steps to limit risk of an ownership change before consummation of the Plan, there can be no assurance that these steps will be successful. Moreover, we expect to undergo an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code in connection with the consummation of the Plan.

In addition, our NOLs (and other tax attributes) may be subject to use in connection with the implementation of the Plan or reduction as a result of any cancellation of indebtedness income arising in connection with the implementation of the Plan. As such, at this time, there can be no assurance that we will have NOLs to offset future taxable income.

We will be required to reduce certain of our tax attributes due to the exclusion of cancellation of indebtedness (“COD”) income from gross income upon emergence from Chapter 11.

Generally, any discharge of our debt obligations for an amount less than the debt’s adjusted issue price will give rise to COD income. Under Section 108 of the Code, a taxpayer is required to exclude COD from gross income if the debtor is under the jurisdiction of a court in a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and the discharge of debt occurs pursuant to that proceeding. As a consequence of such an exclusion, a taxpayer generally must reduce certain of its tax attributes by the amount of COD income that it excluded from gross income. U.S. federal income tax attributes subject to reduction generally include (i) NOLs and NOL carryforwards; (ii) general business credit carryovers; (iii) capital loss carryovers; (iv) tax basis in assets; and (v) foreign tax credit carryovers. In connection with the implementation of the Plan, we expect to realize a substantial amount of COD income for U.S. federal income tax purposes and our tax attributes will be subject to the foregoing attribute reduction rules. While the ultimate effect of the attribute reduction is uncertain because, among other things, it will depend on the amount of COD income we realize, loss of these tax attributes may have an adverse effect on our future cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our business is cyclical and depends on capital spending and well completions by the onshore oil and natural gas industry, and the level of such activity is volatile. Our business has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by industry and financial market conditions that are beyond our control.

Our business is cyclical, and we depend on our customers’ willingness to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop, and produce oil and natural gas, which, in turn, largely depends on prevailing industry and financial market conditions that are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including:

•the level of prices, and expectations about future prices, for oil and natural gas;

•the domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and related products;

•the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas production;

•the supply of, and demand for, hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield services and equipment;

•governmental regulations, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

•the cost of exploring for, developing, producing, and delivering oil and natural gas;

•available pipeline, storage, and other transportation capacity;

•worldwide political, military, and economic conditions;

•lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

•the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

•federal, state, and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as E&P activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

•economic and political conditions in oil and natural gas producing countries;

•actions of OPEC, its members, and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production levels, including announcements of potential changes to such levels;

•advances in exploration, development, and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

•activities by non-governmental organizations to restrict the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas so as to minimize emissions of carbon dioxide, a GHG;

•the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

•global weather conditions and natural disasters, including those related to the physical effects of climate change; and

•uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to access capital.

A decline in oil and natural gas commodity prices may adversely affect the demand for our products and services and the rates we are able to charge.

Our business depends, to a significant extent, on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies, which are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices. Volatility or weakness in oil and natural gas commodity prices (or the perception that oil and natural gas commodity prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our customers and may result in the drilling of fewer new wells or lower production spending on existing wells. Historically, oil and natural gas commodity prices have been extremely volatile. During the five years ending December 31, 2025, the posted price for West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) oil has ranged

from a low of $47.47 per barrel in January 2021 to a high of $123.64 per barrel in March 2022, and the Henry Hub spot market price of gas has ranged from a low of $1.21 per million British thermal units (“MMBtu”) in November 2024 to a high of $23.86 per MMBtu in February 2021. The average WTI price for 2025 was $65.39. Moreover, the theme of capital discipline for E&P operators in the energy industry has led to a disconnect between commodity prices and market activity. If prices of oil and natural gas decline or our customers do not increase capex and activity levels, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects may be materially adversely affected.

Significant factors that are likely to affect near-term commodity prices include actions of members of OPEC and other oil exporting nations, including Russia, relating to oil export prices and production levels; the effect of U.S. energy, monetary, and trade policies; the pace of economic growth in the U.S. and throughout the world, including the potential for macro weakness; geopolitical and economic developments in the U.S. and globally, including conflicts, instability, acts of war or terrorism in oil producing countries or regions, particularly Russia, the Middle East, South America and Africa; changes to energy and EPA policies; and overall North American natural gas supply and demand fundamentals, including the pace at which export capacity grows. For additional information, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – Industry Trends and Outlook” in Item 7 of Part II of this Annual Report.

The products and services we provide are, to a substantial extent, deferrable in the event oil and natural gas companies reduce capital expenditures. As a result, we may experience lower utilization of, and may be unable to increase rates or be forced to lower our rates for, our equipment and services in weak oil and natural gas commodity price environments. Even with supportive oil and natural gas prices, E&P operator activity may not materially increase, as they remain focused on operating within their capital plans. Moreover, any substantial and unexpected drop in commodity prices in the future, even if the drop is relatively short-lived, or expectations of such a drop or of prolonged weak oil and natural gas commodity price environments, could similarly affect our customers’ expectations and capital spending, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.

Reduced discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves in our market areas as a result of decreased capital spending may also have a negative long-term impact on our business, even in an environment of stronger oil and natural gas prices, to the extent the reduced number of wells for us to service more than offsets increasing completion activity and intensity.

Our business could be adversely affected by a decline in general economic conditions or a weakening of the broader energy industry, and inflation may adversely affect our financial position and operating results.

A prolonged economic slowdown or recession, adverse events relating to the energy industry, or regional, national, or global economic conditions and factors, particularly a slowdown in the E&P industry, could negatively impact our operations and therefore adversely affect our results. The risks associated with our business are more acute during periods of economic slowdown or recession because such periods may be accompanied by decreased exploration and development spending by our customers, decreased demand for oil and natural gas, and decreased prices for oil and natural gas.

Inflationary factors, such as increases in the labor costs, material costs, and overhead costs, may also adversely affect our financial position and operating results. Like others in our industry, we faced, and we continue to face, cost inflation with both labor and materials, which could offset any price increases for our products and services.

Increased attention to climate change and conservation measures may expose us to climate-related transition risks, including evolving climate change legislation, fuel conservation measures, technological advances, and negative shift in market perception towards the oil and natural gas industry, which could result in reduced demand for oil and natural gas.

Increased attention to climate change from governmental and regulatory bodies, investors, consumers, industry and other stakeholders, changes in consumer behavior and related demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas, societal expectations on companies to address climate change, preferences and attitudes with respect to the generation and consumption of energy, the use of hydrocarbons, and the use of products manufactured with, or powered by, hydrocarbons, may result in the enactment of climate change-related regulations, policies and initiatives (at the government, regulator, corporate and/or investor community levels), including alternative energy requirements, new fuel consumption standards, energy conservation and emissions reductions measures and responsible energy development, technological advances with respect to the generation, transmission, storage and consumption of energy, and increased availability and competitiveness of alternative energy sources (such as wind, solar geothermal, tidal, fuel cells, and biofuels). These developments could reduce demand for oil and natural gas and therefore our products and services, which would lead to a reduction in our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.

In addition, the enactment of climate change-related regulations, policies, and initiatives (at the government, corporate, and/or investor community levels) may in the future result in increases in our compliance costs and other operating costs and

have other adverse effects (e.g., greater potential for governmental investigations or litigation). For further discussion regarding the risks posed to us by climate change-related regulations, policies, and initiatives and by negative public perception of the oil and gas industry, see the discussions below in “Negative public perception of the oil and gas industry could adversely affect our operations and our ability raise debt and equity capital” and “Existing or future laws and regulations related to GHGs and climate change could have a negative impact on our business and may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, and use of GHGs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects, and financial condition.”

Negative public perception of the oil and gas industry could adversely affect our operations and our ability to raise debt and equity capital.

Opposition toward the oil and natural gas industry has been growing globally and is particularly pronounced in the United States. Companies in the oil and natural gas industry are often the target of activist efforts from both individuals and non-governmental organizations or subject to pressure from other stakeholders regarding safety, human rights, climate change and other environmental matters, sustainability, and business practices. Anti-development activists are working to, among other things, reduce access to federal and state government lands and delay or cancel certain operations such as drilling and development. Any such activism against oil and natural gas exploration and development may cause operational delays or restrictions, increased operating costs, additional regulatory burdens, and increased risk of litigation.

In addition, some parties have initiated public nuisance claims under federal or state common law against certain companies involved in the production of oil and natural gas, or claims alleging that the companies have been aware of the adverse effects of climate change for some time but failed to adequately disclose such impacts to their investors or customers. Although our business is not a party to any such litigation, we could be named in actions making similar allegations, which could lead to costs and materially impact our financial condition in an adverse way.

Negative perceptions regarding our industry and reputational risks may also in the future adversely affect our ability to successfully carry out our business strategy by adversely affecting our access to capital. Certain segments of the investor community have developed negative sentiment towards investing in our industry. Parties concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention at sources of financing for energy companies, including by promoting divestment of fossil fuel equities and pressuring lenders to limit funding and insurance underwriters to limit coverage to companies engaged in the extraction of fossil fuel reserves, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds, and other capital providers restricting or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. In addition, some investors, including investment advisors and certain sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, university endowments, and family foundations, have stated policies to disinvest in the oil and gas sector based on their social and environmental considerations. Further, certain investment banks and asset managers based both domestically and internationally have announced that they are adopting climate change guidelines for their banking and investing activities. Certain other stakeholders have also pressured commercial and investment banks to stop financing oil and gas production and related infrastructure projects. Institutional lenders who provide financing to energy companies have also become more attentive to sustainable lending practices, and some may elect not to provide traditional energy producers or companies that support such producers with funding. Such developments, including environmental activism, investment policies and initiatives, and related litigation aimed at limiting climate change and reducing air pollution, could result in downward pressure on the stock prices of oil and gas companies, including ours. These developments may also potentially result in a reduction of available capital funding for potential development projects, impacting our future financial results.

Increased scrutiny of sustainability matters could have an adverse effect on our business and damage our reputation.

In recent years, companies across all industries are facing increasing scrutiny from a variety of stakeholders, including investor advocacy groups, proxy advisory firms, certain institutional investors and lenders, investment funds and other influential investors and rating agencies, related to their environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) and sustainability practices. If we do not adapt to or comply with investor or other stakeholder expectations and standards on ESG matters (or meet sustainability goals that we have set) as they continue to evolve, or if we are perceived to have not responded appropriately or quickly enough to growing concern for ESG and sustainability issues, regardless of whether there is a regulatory or legal requirement to do so, we may suffer from reputational damage and our business, financial condition and/or stock price could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, the Company’s efforts to research, establish, accomplish, and accurately report on the implementation of our sustainability strategy, including any specific sustainability objectives, may also create additional operational risks and expenses and expose us to reputational, legal, and other risks. While we create and publish voluntary disclosures regarding sustainability matters from time to time, some of the statements in those voluntary disclosures may be based on hypothetical expectations and assumptions that may or may not be representative of current or actual risks or events or forecasts of expected

risks or events, including the costs associated therewith. Such expectations and assumptions are necessarily uncertain and may be prone to error or subject to misinterpretation given the long timelines involved and the lack of an established single approach to identifying, measuring, and reporting on many sustainability matters.

Our operations, projects, and growth opportunities require us to have strong relationships with various key stakeholders, including our shareholders, employees, suppliers, customers, local communities, and others. We may face pressure from stakeholders, many of whom are focused on climate change, to prioritize sustainable energy practices, reduce our carbon footprint, and promote sustainability while at the same time remaining a successfully operating public company. At the same time, others may disagree with the ESG initiatives we have set, and recent political developments could subject us to increased risk of criticism or litigation risks from certain “anti-ESG” parties. If we do not successfully manage expectations across these varied stakeholder interests, it could erode stakeholder trust and thereby affect our brand and reputation. Such erosion of confidence could negatively impact our business through decreased demand and growth opportunities, delays in projects, increased legal action and regulatory oversight, adverse press coverage and other adverse public statements, difficulty hiring and retaining top talent, difficulty obtaining necessary approvals and permits from governments and regulatory agencies on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, and difficulty securing investors and access to capital.

In addition, organizations that provide information to investors on corporate governance and related matters have developed ratings processes for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG matters. Such ratings are used by some investors to inform their investment and voting decisions. Unfavorable ESG ratings could lead to increased negative investor sentiment toward us and our industry and to the diversion of investment to other industries, which could have a negative impact on our stock price and our access to and costs of capital.

Competition and Market Risks

We may be unable to maintain existing prices or implement price increases on our products and services.

We periodically seek to increase the prices on our products and services to offset rising costs and to generate higher returns for our stockholders. However, we operate in a very competitive industry and as a result, we are not always successful in raising or maintaining our existing prices. Volatility in oil and natural gas prices can impact our customers’ activity levels, and current energy prices are important contributors to cash flow for our customers and their actual or perceived ability to fund exploration and development activities, which may limit our ability to increase or maintain prices. Additionally, during periods of increased market demand, a significant amount of new service capacity, including new well service rigs, wireline units, and coiled tubing units, may enter the market, which also puts pressure on the pricing of our services and limits our ability to increase prices.

Even when we are able to increase our prices, we may not be able to do so at a rate that is sufficient to offset rising costs. In periods of high demand for oilfield services, a tighter labor market may result in higher labor costs. During such periods, our labor costs could increase at a greater rate than our ability to raise prices for our services. Also, we may not be able to successfully increase prices without adversely affecting our activity levels. The inability to maintain our pricing and to increase our pricing as costs increase could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

Intense competition in the markets for our dissolvable plug products may lead to pricing pressures, reduced sales, or reduced market share.

The completion services industry is intensely competitive. We compete with major domestic and international oilfield services companies, many of which have greater market recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, and other resources than we do.

We have experienced pricing declines in certain of our more mature proprietary product lines, primarily due to competitive conditions. Likewise, our customers may seek pricing declines more precipitously than our ability to reduce costs, leaving us unable to achieve or maintain pricing to our customers at a level sufficient to cover our costs. Furthermore, our industry has generally experienced price erosion for new technologies as additional competing products enter the market. We are continuing to work on reducing manufacturing costs of our products, as well as introducing new and differentiated technology to improve profitability; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future. If the amounts we are able to charge customers for our dissolvable plug products decline further or are insufficient to cover our costs, that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our current and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial or technical resources, and greater name recognition than we do.

The oilfield services industry is highly competitive and fragmented and includes several large companies that compete in many of the markets we serve, as well as numerous small companies that compete with us on a local basis. The oilfield services industry competes primarily on a regional basis, and the intensity of competition may vary significantly from region to region at any particular time. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market areas we serve include price, equipment quality, supply chains, balance sheet strength and financial condition, product and service quality, safety record, availability of crews and equipment, and technical proficiency.

Many of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing, and other resources than we do. The greater size of many of our competitors provides them with cost advantages as a result of their economies of scale and their ability to obtain volume discounts and purchase raw materials at lower prices. As a result, such competitors may have stronger bargaining power with their suppliers and have an advantage over us in pricing as well as securing a sufficient supply of raw materials during times of shortage. Many of our competitors also have better brand name recognition, stronger presence in more geographic markets, more established distribution networks, larger customer bases, more in-depth knowledge of the target markets, and the ability to provide a much broader array of products and services. Some of our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources to the research and development, promotion, and sale of their products and better withstand the evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions as compared to us. Our operations may be adversely affected if our competitors introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices, or other characteristics than our products and services or expand into service areas where we operate. Our operations may also be adversely affected if our competitors are able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and services and changes in customer requirements.

Competitive pressures could reduce our market share or require us to reduce the price of our services and products, particularly during industry downturns, either of which would harm our business and operating results. Significant increases in overall market capacity have also caused active price competition and led to lower pricing and utilization levels for our services and products. The competitive environment has intensified since the industry downturn that began in late 2014, which caused an oversupply of, and reduced demand for, oilfield services, and we have seen substantial reductions in the prices we can charge for our services and products. Any significant future increase in overall market capacity for completion services may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Operational Risks

Our operations are subject to conditions inherent in the oilfield services industry.

Conditions inherent in the oil and natural gas industry can cause personal injury or loss of life, disruption or suspension in operations, damage to geological formations, damage to facilities, substantial revenue loss, business interruption, and damage to, or destruction of, property, equipment, and the environment. Such risks may include, but are not limited to:

•equipment defects;

•liabilities arising from accidents or damage involving our fleet of trucks and other equipment;

•explosions and uncontrollable flows of gas or well fluids;

•unusual or unexpected geological formations or pressures and industrial accidents;

•blowouts;

•fires;

•cratering;

•loss of well control;

•collapse of the borehole; and

•damaged or lost equipment.

Defects or other performance problems in the products that we sell or services that we offer could result in our

customers seeking damages from us for losses associated with these defects or other performance problems. In addition, our services could become a source of spills or release of fluids, including chemicals used during hydraulic fracturing activities, at the site where such services are performed, or could result in the discharge of such fluids into underground formations that were not targeted for fracturing or well completion activities, such as potable aquifers, or at third-party properties. These risks could expose us to substantial liability for personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, loss of oil and natural gas production, pollution, and other environmental damages and could result in a variety of claims, losses, and remedial obligations that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The existence, frequency, and severity of such incidents could affect operating costs, insurability, and relationships with customers, employees, and regulators. In particular, our customers may elect not to purchase our services if they view our safety record as unacceptable or otherwise experience material defects in our products or performance problems, which could cause us to lose substantial revenue. In addition, any litigation or claim, even if fully indemnified or insured, could negatively affect our reputation with our customers and the public, which could cause us to lose customers and substantial revenue, make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, or obtain adequate insurance in the future.

Our assets require capital for maintenance, upgrades, and refurbishment, and we may require capital expenditures for new equipment.

Our equipment requires capital investment in maintenance, upgrades, and refurbishment to maintain their competitiveness. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we spent approximately $10.7 million and $10.4 million, respectively, on capital expenditures related to maintenance. Our equipment typically does not generate revenue while it is undergoing maintenance, upgrades, or refurbishment. Any maintenance, upgrade, or refurbishment project for our assets could increase our indebtedness or reduce cash available for other opportunities. Further, such projects may require proportionally greater capital investments as a percentage of total asset value, which may make such projects difficult to finance on acceptable terms. To the extent we are unable to fund such projects, we may have less equipment available for service or our equipment may not be attractive to potential or current customers. Additionally, competition or advances in technology within our industry may require us to update our products and services. Such demands on our capital or reductions in demand and the increase in cost to maintain labor necessary for such maintenance and improvement, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity position, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations and may increase costs. In addition, although such projects may require material capital expenditures, there is no assurance that they will generate a positive return.

Seasonal and adverse weather conditions and the physical risks arising from climate change may have a negative impact on our business and result of operations, including by impacting operations, increasing costs, and adversely affecting demand for our products and services.

Weather can have a significant impact on demand for our services and products as consumption of energy is seasonal, and any variation from normal weather patterns or cooler or warmer summers and winters can have a significant impact on demand. In addition, adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tropical storms, droughts, and severe cold weather, may interrupt or curtail our operations or our customers’ operations, cause supply disruptions, and damage our equipment and facilities, which may or may not be insured. For example, in the third quarter of 2025, we faced temporary headwinds in the Northeast due to droughts in the area, which caused completion delays and inefficiencies. Most scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that could have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods, extreme temperatures, and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could adversely affect or delay demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services; cause us to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to the effects of climatic events themselves, which may not be fully insured; adversely impact our or our customers’ operations, workforce, supply chain or distribution chain; or potentially lead to increased costs for insurance coverages in the aftermath of such effects. Our ability to mitigate the adverse physical impacts of climate change depends in part upon our disaster preparedness and response and business continuity planning. During the winter months (portions of the first and fourth quarters) and periods of heavy snow, ice, or rain, particularly in the northeastern U.S., Michigan, North Dakota, Wyoming, and western Canada, our customers may delay operations, or we may not be able to operate or move our equipment between locations. Also, during the spring thaw, which normally starts in late March and continues through June, some areas, primarily in western Canada, impose transportation restrictions to prevent damage caused by the spring thaw. For both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we generated approximately 0.3% of our revenue from our operations in western Canada. Lastly, throughout the year heavy rains adversely affect activity levels because well locations and dirt access roads can become impassible in wet conditions.

In addition, we typically have experienced a pause by our customers around the holiday season in the fourth quarter, which may be compounded as our customers exhaust their annual capital spending budgets towards year end.

Risks Related to Our Customers and Suppliers

If we are unable to accurately predict customer demand or if customers cancel their orders on short notice, we may hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce gross margins. Conversely, insufficient inventory would result in lost revenue opportunities and potentially loss of market share and damaged customer relationships.

We often place orders with our suppliers based on forecasts of customer demand. Anticipating customer demand is difficult because our customers face unpredictable demand for their own products and are increasingly focused on cash preservation and tighter inventory management. Our forecasts of customer demand are based on multiple assumptions, each of which may introduce errors into the forecasts. If we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate resources to the purchase of material or manufactured products that we may not be able to sell when we expect to, if at all. As a result, we would hold excess or obsolete inventory, which would reduce gross margin and adversely affect financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we would miss revenue opportunities and potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. In addition, any future significant cancellations or deferrals of orders or the return of previously sold products could materially adversely affect profit margins, increase inventory obsolescence, and restrict our ability to fund our operations.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and the deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, many of whose operations are concentrated solely in the domestic and Canadian E&P industry, which, as described above, is subject to volatility and, therefore, credit risk. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully reduce customer credit risk. If we are unable to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use our equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and/or results of operations. In the course of our business, we hold accounts receivable from our customers. In the event of the financial distress or bankruptcy of a customer, we could lose all or a portion of such outstanding accounts receivable associated with that customer. Further, if a customer was to enter into bankruptcy, it could also result in the cancellation of all or a portion of our service contracts with such customer at significant expense or loss of expected revenues to us.

In addition, during times when the oil or natural gas markets weaken, our customers are more likely to experience financial difficulties, including being unable to access debt or equity financing, which could result in a reduction in our customers’ spending for our products and services.

We are dependent on customers in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

Our customers are engaged in the oil and natural gas E&P business, which has been historically volatile. For the year ended December 31, 2025, our five largest customers collectively accounted for approximately 24% of total revenues. If we were to lose several key alliances over a relatively short period of time or if one of our largest customers fails to pay or delays in paying a significant amount of our outstanding receivables, we could experience an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. Additionally, the E&P industry is characterized by frequent consolidation activity. Changes in ownership of our customers may result in the loss of, or reduction in, business from those customers, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Certain of our product lines are subject to the risk of supplier concentration, and certain of our product lines are subject to exclusive distribution arrangements, which we may not be able to maintain.

Certain of the product lines depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and vendors. As a result of this concentration in some supply chains, our business and operations could be negatively affected if certain key suppliers were to experience significant disruptions affecting the price, quality, availability, or timely delivery of their products. The partial or complete loss of any one of those key suppliers, or a significant adverse change in the relationship with any such suppliers, through consolidation or otherwise, may limit our ability to manufacture and sell certain of our product lines.

In addition, we have arrangements with certain technology companies and manufacturers that give us exclusive distribution rights to certain product offerings. In some cases, we are, or may in the future will be, required to meet certain minimum volume or other requirements in order to retain our arrangement. If any of these companies or manufacturers terminate our right to sell some or all of their products, modify or terminate our exclusive distribution arrangement, or change the applicable terms and conditions of sale, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Tariffs and other trade measures could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

The cost of raw materials, parts, and components that are manufactured and supplied for our operations may be adversely affected by tariffs imposed by the U.S. government on products imported into the United States and tariffs or other retaliatory trade measures imposed by other jurisdictions. Tariffs and other trade restrictions could also disrupt our supply chain and logistics, restrict or limit the availability of materials or supplies, and cause adverse financial impacts due to volatility in foreign exchange rates and interest rates or inflationary pressures on raw materials and energy. We may not be able to fully mitigate the impact of these increased costs or pass price increases on to our customers. While tariffs and other retaliatory trade measures imposed by other countries on U.S. goods have not yet had a significant impact on our business or results of operations, we cannot predict further developments, and such existing or future tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows. Recently, the United States has proposed changes in trade policies that include export control restrictions, the negotiation or termination of trade agreements, the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the United States, increased economic sanctions on individuals, companies, or countries, and other government regulations affecting trade between the United States and other countries where we have business relationships, including with suppliers, and a number of other nations have proposed similar measures directed at trade with the United States in response. As a result of these developments, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade that could adversely affect our business. It may be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our business operations to adapt to or comply with any such changes, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial position.

Regulatory, Compliance, and Legal Risks

Oilfield anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

We typically enter into agreements with our customers governing the provision of our services, which usually include certain indemnification provisions for losses resulting from operations. Such agreements may require each party to indemnify the other against certain claims regardless of the negligence or other fault of the indemnified party; however, many states place limitations on contractual indemnity agreements, particularly agreements that indemnify a party against the consequences of its own negligence. Furthermore, certain states, including Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas, and Wyoming, have enacted statutes generally referred to as “oilfield anti-indemnity acts” expressly prohibiting certain indemnity agreements contained in or related to oilfield services agreements. Such oilfield anti-indemnity acts may restrict or void a party’s indemnification of us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage or other litigation, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects, and results of operations.

Our services are subject to inherent risks that can cause personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, equipment, or the environment, or the suspension of our operations. As the wells we service continue to become more complex, our exposure to such inherent risks becomes greater as downhole risks increase exponentially with an increase in complexity and lateral length. Our operations are also exposed to risks of labor organizing and risks of claims for alleged employment-related liabilities, including risks of claims related to alleged wrongful termination or discrimination, wage payment practices, retaliation claims, and other human resource related matters. Litigation arising from operations where our facilities are located, or our services are provided, may cause us to be named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims, including claims for exemplary damages. For example, transportation of heavy equipment creates the potential for our trucks to become involved in roadway accidents, which in turn could result in personal injury or property damages lawsuits being filed against us.

We maintain what we believe is customary and reasonable insurance to protect our business against most potential losses, but such insurance may not be adequate to cover our liabilities, especially as the inherent risks in our operations increase with increasing well complexity, and we are not fully insured against all risks, including alleged employment-related liabilities. Further, our insurance has deductibles or self-insured retentions and contains certain coverage exclusions. The current trend in the insurance industry is towards larger deductibles and self-insured retentions. In addition, insurance may not be available in the future at rates that we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, compelling us to have larger deductibles or self-insured retentions to effectively manage expenses. As a result, we could become subject to material uninsured liabilities or situations where we have high deductibles or self-insured retentions that expose us to liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, or results of operations.

In recent years, oilfield services companies have been the subject of a significant volume of wage and hour-related litigation, including claims brought under the Fair Labor Standards Act, in which employee pay practices have been challenged.

We have been named as defendants in these lawsuits, and we do not maintain insurance for alleged wage and hour-related litigation. Some of these cases remain outstanding and are in various states of negotiation and/or litigation, and the results or costs of any such cases may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. The frequency and significance of wage- or other employment-related claims may affect expenses, costs, and relationships with employees and regulators. Additionally, we could become subject to material uninsured liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, or results of operations.

Delays or restrictions in obtaining, or inability to obtain or renew, permits or authorizations by our customers for their operations or by us for our operations could impair our business.

In most states, our operations and the operations of our customers require permits or authorizations from one or more governmental agencies or other third parties to perform drilling and completion and production activities, including hydraulic fracturing. Such permits or approvals are typically required by state agencies, but federal and local governmental permits may also be required. We are also required to obtain federal, state, local, and/or third-party permits and authorizations in some jurisdictions in connection with our wireline services and trucking operations. The requirements for permits or authorizations vary depending on the location where the associated activities will be conducted. As with most permitting and authorization processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit or approval to be issued, and the conditions which may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. Over the past several years, parts of the country have experienced extreme drought conditions. As a result of these conditions, some rural water districts have begun to impose restrictions on water use and may require permits for water used in drilling and completion activities. In addition, some of our customers’ drilling and completion activities may take place on federal land or Native American lands, requiring leases and other approvals from the federal government or Native American tribes to conduct such drilling and completion activities. Permitting, authorization, or renewal delays, the inability to obtain new permits, or the revocation of current permits could cause a loss of revenue and potentially have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, or results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety, and protection of the environment. Under these laws and regulations, we may become liable for penalties, damages, or costs of remediation or other corrective measures. Any changes in laws or government regulations could increase our costs of doing business.

Our operations are subject to stringent federal, state, local, and tribal laws and regulations relating to, among other things, protection of natural resources, clean air and drinking water, wetlands, endangered species, GHGs, air pollution, the environment, occupational health and safety, chemical use and storage, waste management, waste disposal, and transportation of waste and other hazardous and nonhazardous materials. Our operations involve risks of environmental liability, including leakage from an operator’s casing during our operations or accidental spills of hazardous materials onto or into surface or subsurface soils, surface water, or groundwater. Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, joint and several liability, or both. In some situations, we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, third parties without regard to whether we caused or contributed to the conditions. Additionally, environmental concerns, including clean air, drinking water contamination, and seismic activity, have prompted investigations that could lead to the enactment of regulations, limitations, restrictions, or moratoria that could potentially have a material adverse impact on our business. Actions arising under these laws and regulations could result in the shutdown of our operations, fines and penalties (administrative, civil, and/or criminal), revocations of permits to conduct business, expenditures for remediation or other corrective measures, and/or claims for liability for property damage, exposure to hazardous materials, exposure to hazardous waste, nuisance, or personal injuries. Sanctions for noncompliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may also include the assessment of administrative, civil, and/or criminal penalties, revocation of permits and temporary or permanent cessation of operations in a particular location, and issuance of corrective action orders. Such claims or sanctions and related costs could cause us to incur substantial costs or losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, and results of operations. Additionally, an increase in regulatory requirements or limitations, restrictions, or moratoria on oil and natural gas exploration and completion activities at a federal, state, or local level could significantly delay or interrupt our operations, limit the amount of work we can perform, increase our costs of compliance, or increase the cost of our services, thereby possibly having a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

If we do not perform our operations in accordance with government, industry, customer, or our own stringent occupational safety, health, and environmental standards, we could lose business from our customers, many of whom have an increased focus on environmental and safety issues.

We are subject to the oversight of the EPA, the DOT, the U.S. Nuclear Regulation Commission, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, OSHA, and state regulatory agencies that regulate operations to prevent air, soil, and water pollution or to protect against the effects of ionizing radiation. The energy extraction sector is one of the sectors designated for

increased enforcement by the EPA, which will continue to regulate our industry in the years to come, potentially resulting in additional regulations that could have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, or financial condition.

The EPA regulates air emissions from all engines, including off-road diesel engines that are used by us to power equipment in the field under the CAA Tier 4 emission standards (the “Tier 4” standards). The Tier 4 standards require substantial reductions in emissions of particulate matter and nitrous oxide from off-road diesel engines. Such emission reductions can be achieved through the use of appropriate control technologies. Under these U.S. emission control regulations, we could be limited in the number of certain off-road diesel engines we can purchase if we are unable to find a sufficient number of Tier 4-compliant engines from manufacturers. Further, these emission control regulations could result in increased capital and operating costs.

Changes in environmental laws and regulations could lead to material increases in our costs, and liability exposure, for future environmental compliance and remediation. Additionally, if we expand the size or scope of our operations, we could be subject to regulatory requirements that are more stringent than the requirements under which we are currently allowed to operate or require additional authorizations to continue operations. Compliance with this additional regulatory burden could increase our operating or other costs.

Federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could prohibit, restrict, or limit hydraulic fracturing operations, or increase our operating costs.

Our businesses are dependent on hydraulic fracturing and horizontal drilling activities. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the injection of water, sand, and chemicals under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. For more information on existing regulations and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing, see “Regulatory Matters – Hydraulic Fracturing” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report.

If new laws or regulations that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing are adopted, such laws could reduce demand for our business by making it more difficult or costly for certain customers to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing becomes regulated at the federal level as a result of federal legislation or regulatory initiatives by the EPA, the business and operations of our customers could be subject to additional permitting requirements, and also to attendant permitting delays, increased operating and compliance costs, and process prohibitions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Existing or future laws and regulations related to GHGs and climate change could have a negative impact on our business and may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, and use of GHGs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects, and financial condition.

Changes in environmental requirements related to GHG emissions and climate change may negatively impact demand for our products and services. For example, oil and natural gas E&P may decline as a result of environmental requirements, including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns (e.g., numerous cities, including in Colorado, New York, Massachusetts, and Maryland, have, to varying degrees, enacted ordinances banning the use of natural gas in new construction, and other cities are considering similar initiatives). Federal, state, and local agencies may also be evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of GHGs in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil and natural gas industry, existing or future laws and regulations related to GHGs and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws or regulations reduce demand for oil and natural gas.

Likewise, such restrictions may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, sequestration, and use of GHGs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, prospects, and financial condition. Additionally, regulations requiring the disclosure of GHG emissions and other climate-related information are being adopted or proposed. For example, California enacted legislation that will ultimately require certain companies that do business in California to publicly disclose their Scopes 1, 2, and 3 GHG emissions, with third party assurance of such data, and issue public reports on their climate-related financial risk and related mitigation measures. These laws are subject to ongoing legal challenges and certain requirements are currently enjoined. It is unclear how the litigation process and additional legal developments will impact enforceability of these requirements and the timeline and cost of compliance. Any enhanced climate disclosure obligations could result in increased compliance burden and operating costs as well as increased litigation risk related to the required disclosures. In addition, enhanced climate disclosure requirements could accelerate the trend of certain stakeholders and lenders restricting or seeking more stringent conditions with respect to their investments in certain carbon-

intensive sectors. See “Business – Regulatory Matters – Climate Change” for more information on existing and proposed climate change regulation.

Studies by either state or federal agencies demonstrating a correlation between earthquakes and oil and natural gas activities could result in increased regulatory and operational burdens.

In light of concerns about seismic activity being triggered by the injection of produced waters into underground wells, certain regulators have implemented or are considering implementing additional requirements related to seismic safety for hydraulic fracturing activities. A 2015 U.S. Geological Survey report identified eight states, including Texas, with areas of increased rates of induced seismicity that could be attributed to fluid injection or oil and gas extraction. Any regulation that restricts the ability of our customers to dispose of produced waters or increases their cost of doing business could cause them to curtail operation, which in turn could decrease demand for our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to complex U.S. and foreign laws and regulations governing anti-corruption and export controls and economic sanctions.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act (“UKBA”), Canada’s Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act (the “CFPOA”), and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments or improperly providing anything of value for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We operate and make sales in parts of the world that may be viewed as higher risk for corruption or may have experienced some corruption in the past, and in some instances, strict compliance with the FCPA, UKBA, CFPOA, and similar anti-bribery laws may conflict with local practices. We are also subject to export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those implemented by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the European Union and its member states, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, and other relevant sanctions authorities. These measures can prohibit or restrict transactions and dealings with certain designated persons and in certain countries in which we conduct business. Despite efforts to ensure compliance, there can be no assurance that our directors, officers, employees, agents, and third-party intermediaries will comply with such laws and regulations. We can be held liable for violations under such laws and regulations either due to our acts or omissions or due to the acts or omissions of others, including intermediaries and agents working on our behalf.

If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties or other sanctions, which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Any investigation of any actual or alleged violations of such laws could also harm our reputation or have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Additionally, we could face other third-party claims by agents, stockholders, debt holders, or other interest holders or constituents of our company. Our customers in relevant jurisdictions could seek to impose penalties or take other actions adverse to our interests, and we may be required to dedicate significant time and resources to investigate and resolve allegations of misconduct, regardless of the merit of such allegations. Furthermore, compliance with this additional regulatory burden could increase our operating or other costs.

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

We are subject to various transportation regulations including as a motor carrier by the DOT and by various federal, state, and tribal agencies, whose regulations include certain permit requirements of highway and safety authorities. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers over our trucking operations, generally governing such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications, and insurance requirements. Certain motor vehicle operators are required to register with the DOT. This registration requires an acceptable operating record. The DOT periodically conducts compliance reviews and may revoke registration privileges based on certain safety performance criteria, and a revocation could result in a suspension of operations. Since 2010, the DOT has pursued its Compliance, Safety, Accountability (“CSA”) program in an effort to improve commercial truck and bus safety. A component of CSA is the Safety Measurement System (“SMS”), which analyzes all safety violations recorded by federal and state law enforcement personnel to determine a carrier’s safety performance. The SMS is intended to allow the DOT to identify carriers with safety issues and intervene to address those problems.

The trucking industry is subject to possible regulatory and legislative changes that may impact our operations, such as changes in fuel emissions limits, hours of service regulations that govern the amount of time a driver may drive or work in any specific period, and limits on vehicle weight and size. For example, in November 2024, the FMCSA’s rules were updated to require state driver licensing agencies to query the Clearinghouse before issuing, renewing, or upgrading a commercial driver’s license to confirm compliance with FMCSA rules. As the federal government continues to develop and propose regulations

relating to fuel quality, engine efficiency, and GHG emissions, we may experience an increase in costs related to truck purchases and maintenance, impairment of equipment productivity, a decrease in the residual value of vehicles, unpredictable fluctuations in fuel prices, and an increase in operating expenses. Increased truck traffic may contribute to deteriorating road conditions in some areas where our operations are performed. Our operations, including routing and weight restrictions, could be affected by road construction, road repairs, detours, and state and local regulations and ordinances restricting access to certain roads. Proposals to increase federal, state, or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels, are also made from time to time, and any such increase would increase our operating costs. Also, state and local regulation of permitted routes and times on specific roadways could adversely affect our operations. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will be enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

Risks Related to Technology

Our success may be affected by the use and protection of our proprietary technology as well as our ability to enter into license agreements. There are limitations to our intellectual property rights and, thus, our right to exclude others from the use of our proprietary technology.

Our success may be affected by our development and implementation of new product designs and improvements and by our ability to protect, obtain, and maintain intellectual property assets related to these developments. We rely on a combination of patents and trade secret laws to establish and protect this proprietary technology. We have received patents and have filed patent applications with respect to certain aspects of our technology, and we generally rely on patent protection with respect to our proprietary technology, as well as a combination of trade secrets and copyright law, employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements, and other protective measures to protect intellectual property rights pertaining to our products and technologies. In addition, we are a party to and rely on several arrangements with third parties, which give us exclusive distribution rights to certain product offerings with desirable intellectual property assets, and we may enter into similar arrangements in the future. Such measures may not provide meaningful protection of our trade secrets, know-how, or other intellectual property in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure. We cannot ensure that competitors will not infringe upon, misappropriate, violate, or challenge our intellectual property rights in the future. Additionally, we cannot ensure that our intellectual property rights will deter or prevent competitors from creating similar purpose products for our customers. If we are not able to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, such intellectual property rights may not provide significant value to our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

Moreover, our rights in our confidential information, trade secrets, and confidential know-how will not prevent third parties from independently developing similar technologies or duplicating such technologies. Publicly available information (e.g., information in issued patents, published patent applications, and scientific literature) can be used by third parties to independently develop technology, and we cannot provide assurance that this independently-developed technology will not be equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology. In addition, while we have patented some of our key technologies, we do not patent all of our proprietary technology, even when regarded as patentable. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive. There can be no assurance that patents will be issued from currently pending or future applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. Further, with respect to exclusive third-party arrangements, these arrangements could be terminated, which would result in our inability to provide the services and/or products covered by such arrangements.

We may be adversely affected by disputes regarding intellectual property rights, and the value of our intellectual property rights is uncertain.

We may become involved in dispute resolution or litigation proceedings from time to time to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights. In these dispute resolution or litigation proceedings, a third-party defendant may assert that our intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. Third parties from time to time may also initiate dispute resolution or litigation proceedings against us by asserting that our businesses infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute, or otherwise violate another party’s intellectual property rights. For example, in April 2020, a third party filed a lawsuit asserting that our BreakThru Casing Flotation DeviceTM infringed its intellectual property rights, and in January 2022, a jury in the Western District of Texas, Waco Division, found in the third party’s favor. We have appealed the jury’s verdict; however, we can give no assurance that the appeal (or any subsequent remand and/or retrial) will be resolved in our favor. If our intellectual property rights are found invalid or unenforceable or our products and services are found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute, or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others in any proceeding relating to intellectual property rights, we may be required to pay damages or other compensation to the other party (which could be costly) and/or cease use of such intellectual property. Also, as a part of resolving such disputes, we may enter into licenses, cross-licenses, or other agreements, which could reduce the value of our existing intellectual property rights. The results or costs of any such dispute resolution or litigation proceedings may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Any dispute resolution or litigation

proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly, is inherently unpredictable, and could have an adverse effect on our business, regardless of its outcome.

Our success may be affected by our ability to implement new technologies and services.

Our success may be affected by the ongoing development and implementation of new product designs, methods, and improvements, and our ability to protect, obtain, and maintain intellectual property assets related to these developments. If we are not able to obtain patent or other protection of our technology, it may not be economical for us to continue to develop systems, services, and technologies to meet evolving industry requirements at prices acceptable to our customers. Further, we may face competitive pressure to develop, implement, or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Although we take measures to ensure that we use advanced technologies, changes in technology or improvements in our competitors’ equipment could make our equipment less competitive or require significant capital investments to keep our equipment competitive.

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to effectively address changing customer demands, as well as government regulation and required disclosure regarding ESG matters. These demands and regulations may include, but are not limited to, the creation of ESG-related policies and procedures, the quantification of our greenhouse gas emissions, and evaluation of risk and opportunities. These customer preferences and government requirements could cause us to continue to adapt our equipment and technology offerings, as well as increase internal costs to address changes in ESG requirements. If ESG-related requirements change faster than anticipated or in a manner we do not anticipate, demand for our services could be adversely affected.

Some of our competitors are large national and multinational companies that may be able to devote greater financial, technical, manufacturing, and marketing resources to research and development of new systems, services, and technologies and may have a larger number of manufacturers for their products or ability to manufacture their own products. As competitors and others use or develop new or comparable technologies in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage if we are not able to develop and implement new technologies or products on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. If we are unable to compete effectively given these risks, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We rely on a limited number of manufacturers to produce the proprietary products used in the provision of our services, which exposes us to risks.

We currently rely on a limited number of manufacturers for production of the proprietary products used in the provision of our products and services. Termination of the manufacturing relationship with any of these manufacturers could affect our ability to provide such products and services to our customers. Although we believe other alternate sources of supply for our proprietary products exist, we would need to establish relationships with new manufacturers, which could potentially involve significant expense, delay, and potential changes to certain product components. Any protracted curtailment or interruptions of the supply of any of our key products, whether or not as a result of termination of our manufacturing relationships or patent infringement claims, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, business, and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to cybersecurity risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology (“IT”) systems. Accordingly, we rely upon the capacity, reliability, and security of our IT hardware and software infrastructure and our ability to expand and update this infrastructure in response to our changing needs. Our IT systems are subject to possible breaches and other threats that could cause us harm. If our systems for protecting against cybersecurity risks prove not to be sufficient, we could be adversely affected by, among other things, loss or damage of intellectual property, proprietary information, customer or business data; interruption of business operations; or additional costs to prevent, respond to, or mitigate cybersecurity attacks. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could lead to litigation or regulatory action against us.

Risks Related to Human Capital

Our executive officers and certain key personnel are critical to our business, and these officers and key personnel may not remain with us in the future.

Our future success depends in substantial part on our ability to hire and retain our executive officers and other key personnel. In particular, we are highly dependent on certain of our executive officers, particularly our President and Chief

Executive Officer, Ann G. Fox, and the Chief Operating Officer, David Crombie. These individuals possess extensive expertise, talent, and leadership, and they are critical to our success. The diminution or loss of the services of these individuals, or other integral key personnel affiliated with entities that we acquire in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, we may not be able to enforce all of the provisions in any employment agreement we have entered into with certain of our executive officers, and such employment agreements may not otherwise be effective in retaining such individuals. In addition, we may not be able to retain key employees of entities that we acquire in the future, which may impact our ability to successfully integrate or operate the assets we acquire.

We may be unable to employ, or maintain the employment of, a sufficient number of key employees, technical personnel, and other skilled and qualified workers.

The delivery of our services and products requires personnel with specialized skills and experience, including personnel who can perform physically demanding work, and our success depends, in large part, upon our ability to employ and retain key employees, technical personnel, and other skilled and qualified workers. To attract and retain qualified employees, we must compensate them at market levels. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain qualified employees or do so at rates necessary to maintain our liquidity and competitive position, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer. Workers may choose to pursue employment with our competitors or in fields that offer a more desirable work environment as a result of the volatility in the oilfield service industry and the demanding nature of our work. There has been a reduction of the available skilled labor force to service the energy industry. To the extent that there is an increase in demand for our products or services, there is no assurance that the availability of skilled labor will improve. If we are unable to employ and retain skilled workers, our capacity and profitability could be diminished, and our growth potential could be impaired.

Other Material Risks

We have operated at a loss in the past, and there is no assurance of our profitability in the future.

We have in the past experienced periods of low demand for our products and services and have incurred operating losses. In the future, we may not be able to reduce our costs, increase our revenues, or reduce our debt service obligations sufficiently to achieve or maintain profitability and generate positive operating income. Under such circumstances, we may incur operating losses and experience negative operating cash flow.

Our future financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted by long-lived assets or other asset impairment charges.

Determining whether an impairment exists and the amount of the potential impairment involves quantitative data and qualitative criteria that are based on estimates and assumptions requiring significant management judgment, such as those relating to revenue growth rates, future cash flows, and future market conditions. Future events or new information, including regarding the general economic environment, E&P activity levels, our financial performance and trends, and our strategies and business plans, may change management’s valuation of long-lived assets, other intangible assets, or other assets in a short amount of time. In particular, prolonged periods of decreased demand, low utilization, changes in technology or market conditions, or sales and other dispositions of assets for amounts less than their carrying value may cause us to recognize impairment charges relating to our long-lived assets, other intangible assets, or other assets that reduce our net income.

While we believe our estimates and assumptions used in impairment tests are reasonable, we cannot provide assurance that additional impairment charges in the future will not be required, especially if an economic downturn occurs and continues for a lengthy period or becomes severe or if our acquisitions and investments fail to achieve expected returns. Significant impairment charges as a result of a decline in market conditions or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

The occurrence or threat of terrorist attacks in the U.S. or other countries, anti-terrorist efforts, and other armed conflicts involving the U.S. or other countries, including continued hostilities in the Middle East, may adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors, or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if wells, operations sites, or other related facilities are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Oil and natural gas-related facilities could be direct targets of terrorist attacks, and our operations could be adversely impacted if infrastructure integral to our customers’ operations is destroyed or damaged. Costs for insurance and other security may increase as a result of these threats, and some insurance coverage may become more difficult to obtain, if available at all. Terrorist activities and the

threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital, or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

A portion of our revenue is derived from sales to customers outside of the U.S., which exposes us to risks inherent in doing business internationally.

In 2025, we derived 5.2% of our revenue from sales to customers outside of the U.S. Sales to customers in countries other than the U.S. are subject to various risks, including:

•volatility in political, social, and economic conditions;

•social unrest, acts of terrorism, war, or other armed conflicts;

•confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies;

•deprivation of contract rights;

•trade and economic sanctions or other restrictions;

•the imposition of duties and tariffs and other trade barriers;

•exposure under the FCPA or similar legislation, as discussed in the below risk factor; and

•currency exchange controls.

Our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, discourage, or prevent a takeover attempt even if a takeover might be beneficial to our stockholders, and such provisions may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Provisions contained in our charter and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Our charter and bylaws also impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our charter authorizes our Board to determine the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Thus, our Board can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our capital stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. Additionally, for example, our bylaws (i) include advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board and for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings and (ii) provide that our Board is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal, our bylaws. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Our charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees, or agents.

Our charter provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our charter or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. These exclusive forum provisions are not intended to apply to actions arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware has held that a Delaware corporation can only use its constitutive documents to bind a plaintiff to a particular forum where the claim involves rights or relationships that were established by or under the DGCL.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the forum selection provisions of our charter. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees, or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our charter inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C.    Cybersecurity

Risk Management and Strategy

Identifying, assessing, and managing cybersecurity risks is an important component of our overall enterprise risk management program. Our cybersecurity programs have been developed based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework and seek to protect us against cybersecurity risks. Among other things, these programs generally involve maturity evaluations and assessments by third parties, vulnerability scanning, employee testing and training, technical and business team-focused tabletop exercises, business continuity planning, incident response planning, and data security assessments of third-party service providers as a part of vendor management.

Identified Risks

As of the date of this Annual Report, we are not aware of any cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. However, we face certain ongoing risks from cybersecurity threats that, if realized, may, among other things, cause material disruptions to our operations, which may materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations and/or financial condition. For more information about these risks, see the risk factor titled “Our operations are subject to cybersecurity risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition” under Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report.

Board Oversight and Management’s Role

Our Board considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and has assigned oversight of cybersecurity risk management to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee regularly receives reports from our management, including the SC (defined below) and our senior IT leadership and third parties on cybersecurity matters. The Audit Committee reports to the Board regarding its activities, including those related to cybersecurity. In addition, the Board receives reports addressing cybersecurity as part of our overall enterprise risk management program and to the extent cybersecurity matters are addressed therein, in regular business updates.

We have established a Security Committee (the “SC”), comprised of senior departmental leadership including our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and General Counsel, Senior Vice President – Strategic Development and Investor Relations, Vice President – IT, Vice President – Internal Audit, Vice President – Corporate Operations, and Director – IT Applications and Compliance, each of whom has between 10 to 20 years of experience managing our risks and those at similar companies, including risks arising from cybersecurity threats. The SC meets quarterly to discuss and review cybersecurity concerns that arise during the year. The SC also identifies areas that should be addressed and reviews and updates security policies, as necessary. The SC has primary management oversight responsibility for assessing and managing risks from cybersecurity threats.

Our senior IT leadership is responsible for the day-to-day management and development of appropriate cybersecurity programs, including as may be required by applicable law or regulation. Our senior IT leadership monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents as part of the cybersecurity programs described above, works closely with the SC, and reports regular updates to the Audit Committee. Our IT team is led by our Vice President – IT, who has over 13 years of experience managing global IT operations, including strategy, applications, infrastructure, information security, support, and execution.

Item 2.    Properties

The following table describes the material facilities owned or leased by us as of December 31, 2025.

Location	Basin/Region	Leased or Owned	Principal/Most Significant Use
Houston, TX	—	Leased	Corporate Headquarters/Administrative
Athens, TX	—	Leased	Operations
Baker, MT	Bakken	Owned	Operations/Administrative
Bergen, Norway	—	Leased	Operations
Charleroi, PA	Marcellus/Utica	Leased	Operations
Corpus Christi, TX	—	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Corpus Christi, TX	—	Leased	Administrative
Dickinson, ND	Bakken	Leased	Operations/Administrative
El Reno, OK	SCOOP/STACK	Leased	Operations
Fort Worth, TX	—	Leased	Administrative
Hobbs, NM	Permian	Leased	Operations
Jacksboro, TX	Barnett	Leased	Operations
Jacksboro, TX	Barnett	Leased	Operations
Kilgore, TX	Haynesville	Leased	Operations
Lacombe, AB, Canada	WCSB	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Longview, TX	Haynesville	Owned	Operations
Marietta, OH	Marcellus/Utica	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Marietta, OH	Marcellus/Utica	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Mead, CO	Rockies	Leased	Operations
Midland, TX	Permian	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Monahans, TX	Permian	Leased	Operations/Administrative
Pleasanton, TX	Eagle Ford	Leased	Operations
Poolville, TX	—	Owned	Operations
Sweetwater, TX	Permian	Leased	Operations
Tyler, TX	Haynesville	Leased	Operations
Ulster, PA	Marcellus/Utica	Leased	Operations
Williston, ND	Bakken	Owned	Operations/Administrative

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have various claims, lawsuits, and administrative proceedings that are pending or threatened with respect to personal injury, workers’ compensation, contractual matters, and other matters. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of these claims, lawsuits, or proceedings or the effect such outcomes may have, we believe any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such claims, lawsuits, or administrative proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided for or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition. For additional information related to legal proceedings, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

The Chapter 11 Cases

On February 1, 2026, the Company Parties filed the Chapter 11 Cases under the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court to implement the prepackaged Plan to effectuate a financial restructuring of the Company Parties’ existing indebtedness. The material terms of the Plan include, among other things: (i) the Prepetition ABL Lenders providing the Company Parties with the DIP ABL Facility, which consists of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments, including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement, which will, upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, convert into the Exit ABL Facility on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (ii) on the Plan Effective Date, the Reorganized Company issuing 100% of a single class of common equity interests to the holders of the 2028 Notes and the 2028 Notes being canceled; and (iii) on the Plan Effective Date, the Company’s currently existing common stock being canceled.

Subject to certain exceptions under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases automatically stayed the continuation of most legal proceedings and the filing of other actions against or on behalf of the Company Parties or their property to recover on, collect or secure a claim arising prior to the Petition Date or to exercise control over property of the Company Parties’ bankruptcy estate unless and until the Bankruptcy Court modifies or lifts the automatic stay as to any such claim. Notwithstanding the general application of the automatic stay described above and other protections afforded by the Bankruptcy Code, governmental authorities may determine to continue actions brought under their police and regulatory powers.

For additional information on the Chapter 11 Cases, see “Business – Current Bankruptcy Proceedings” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

On February 2, 2026, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, we were notified by the staff of NYSE Regulation of its determination to commence proceedings to delist our common stock from the NYSE and immediately suspend trading in our common stock on the NYSE. On February 3, 2026, our common stock began trading on the Pink Limited Market operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “NINEQ.” Any over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

Holders

As of March 2, 2026, we had 52 stockholders of record. The number of record holders does not include persons who held shares of our common stock in nominee or “street name” accounts through brokers.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6.    [Reserved]

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current expectations, estimates, and projections about our operations and the industry in which we operate. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Company Description

We are a leading North American onshore completion services provider that targets unconventional oil and gas resource development. We partner with our E&P customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada as well as abroad to design and deploy downhole solutions and technology to prepare horizontal, multistage wells for production. We focus on providing our customers with cost-effective and comprehensive completion solutions designed to maximize their production levels and operating efficiencies.

Generally, operators have continued to improve operational efficiencies in completions design, increasing the complexity and difficulty, making oilfield service selection more important. This increase in high-intensity, high-efficiency completions of oil and gas wells further enhances the demand for our services. We compete for the most complex and technically demanding wells in which we specialize, which are characterized by extended laterals, increased stage spacing, multi-well pads, cluster spacing, and high proppant loads. These well characteristics lead to increased operating leverage and returns for us, as we are able to complete more jobs and stages with the same number of units and crews. Service providers for these projects are selected based on their technical expertise and ability to execute safely and efficiently.

We provide (i) cementing services, which consist of blending high-grade cement and water with various solid and liquid additives to create a cement slurry that is pumped between the casing and the wellbore of the well, (ii) an innovative portfolio of completion tools, including those that provide pinpoint frac sleeve system technologies as well as a portfolio of completion technologies used for completing the toe stage of a horizontal well and fully-composite, dissolvable, and extended range frac plugs to isolate stages during plug-and-perf operations, (iii) wireline services, the majority of which consist of plug-and-perf completions, which is a multistage well completion technique for cased-hole wells that consists of deploying perforating guns and isolation tools to a specified depth, and (iv) coiled tubing services, which perform wellbore intervention operations utilizing a continuous steel pipe that is transported to the wellsite wound on a large spool in lengths of up to 30,000 feet and which provides a cost-effective solution for well work due to the ability to deploy efficiently and safely into a live well.

We believe our success is a product of our culture, which is driven by our intense focus on performance and wellsite execution as well as our commitment to forward-leaning technologies that aid us in the development of smarter, customized applications that drive efficiencies.

Current Bankruptcy Proceedings

On February 1, 2026, the Company Parties filed the Chapter 11 Cases in the Bankruptcy Court to implement the prepackaged Plan to effectuate a financial restructuring of the Company Parties’ existing indebtedness. Prior to filing the Chapter 11 Cases, on February 1, 2026, the Company Parties entered into the Restructuring Support Agreement with the Consenting Stakeholders, which includes certain holders of the 2028 Notes and the Prepetition ABL Lenders. Pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Consenting Stakeholders agreed, subject to certain terms and conditions, to support the Plan. The material terms of the Plan include, among other things:

•the Prepetition ABL Lenders providing the Company Parties with the DIP ABL Facility, including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement, which will, upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, convert into the Exit ABL Facility on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter;

•on the Plan Effective Date, the Reorganized Company issuing 100% of a single class of common equity interests to the holders of the 2028 Notes and the 2028 Notes being canceled; and

•on the Plan Effective Date, our currently existing common stock being canceled.

On February 3, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court, on an interim basis, approved the DIP ABL Facility, and the Company Parties entered into the DIP Loan and Security Agreement with the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders. The DIP ABL Facility is a senior secured super-priority asset-based debtor-in-possession credit facility consisting of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments, including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement. The DIP Loan and Security Agreement includes certain terms and conditions (including the Plan becoming effective) providing for the conversion of the DIP ABL Facility into an exit senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility consisting of up to $135.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments on the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

Since the Petition Date, the Company Parties have been operating their businesses as debtors-in-possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Company Parties have requested and obtained relief from the Bankruptcy Court that enables them to continue their ordinary course operations during the Chapter 11 Cases and uphold their commitments to their stakeholders, including employees, customers, and vendors, during the restructuring process, subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Subject to certain exceptions under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases automatically stayed the continuation of most legal proceedings and the filing of other actions against or on behalf of the Company Parties or their property to recover on, collect or secure a claim arising prior to the Petition Date or to exercise control over property of the Company Parties’ bankruptcy estate unless and until the Bankruptcy Court modifies or lifts the automatic stay as to any such claim. In particular, although the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases constituted an event of default that accelerated our obligations under the indenture governing the 2028 Notes (the “Indenture”) and the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement (together with the Indenture, the “Debt Instruments”) and caused the principal and interest due thereunder to be immediately due and payable, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement in respect of the Debt Instruments are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding the general application of the automatic stay described above and other protections afforded by the Bankruptcy Code, governmental authorities may determine to continue actions brought under their police and regulatory powers.

On March 4, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Confirmation Order. The Company Parties anticipate emerging from the Chapter 11 Cases, and the Plan Effective Date occurring, on March 5, 2026; however, consummation of the Restructuring pursuant to the Plan is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions set forth in the Plan. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that such transactions will be consummated. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Chapter 11 Cases” in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report for a discussion of the risks related to the Chapter 11 Cases.

How We Generate Revenue and the Costs of Conducting Our Business

We generate our revenues by providing completion services to E&P customers across all major onshore basins in both the U.S. and Canada as well as abroad. We primarily earn our revenues pursuant to work orders entered into with our customers on a job-by-job basis. We typically will enter into an MSA with each customer that provides a framework of general terms and conditions of our services that will govern any future transactions or jobs awarded to us. Each specific job is obtained through competitive bidding or as a result of negotiations with customers. The rate we charge is determined by location, complexity of the job, operating conditions, duration of the contract, and market conditions. In addition to MSAs, we have entered into a select number of longer-term contracts with certain customers relating to our wireline and cementing services, and we may enter into similar contracts from time to time to the extent beneficial to the operation of our business. These longer-term contracts address pricing and other details concerning our services, but each job is performed on a standalone basis.

The principal expenses involved in conducting our business include labor costs, materials and freight, the costs of maintaining our equipment, and fuel costs. Our direct labor costs vary with the amount of equipment deployed and the utilization of that equipment. Another key component of labor costs relates to the ongoing training of our field service employees, which improves safety rates and reduces employee attrition.

How We Evaluate Our Operations

We evaluate our performance based on a number of financial and non-financial measures, including the following:

•Revenue: We compare actual revenue achieved each month to the most recent projection for that month and to the annual plan for the month established at the beginning of the year. We monitor our revenue to analyze trends in the performance of our operations compared to historical revenue drivers or market metrics. We are

•Adjusted Gross Profit (Loss): Adjusted gross profit (loss) is a key metric that we use to evaluate operating performance. We define adjusted gross profit (loss) as revenues less direct and indirect costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization). Costs of revenues include direct and indirect labor costs, costs of materials, maintenance of equipment, fuel and transportation freight costs, contract services, crew cost, and other miscellaneous expenses. For additional information, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

•Adjusted EBITDA: We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA (which is net income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization) further adjusted for (i) goodwill, intangible asset, and/or property and equipment impairment charges, (ii) transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions, (iii) loss or gain on revaluation of contingent liabilities, (iv) loss or gain on the extinguishment of debt, (v) loss or gain on the sale of subsidiaries, (vi) restructuring charges, (vii) stock-based compensation and cash award expense, (viii) loss or gain on sale of property and equipment, and (ix) other expenses or charges to exclude certain items which we believe are not reflective of ongoing performance of our business, such as legal expenses and settlement costs related to litigation outside the ordinary course of business. For additional information, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

•Adjusted Return on Invested Capital (“Adjusted ROIC”): We define Adjusted ROIC as adjusted after-tax net operating profit (loss), divided by average total capital. We define adjusted after-tax net operating profit (loss) as net income (loss) plus (i) goodwill, intangible asset, and/or property and equipment impairment charges, (ii) transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions, (iii) interest expense (income), (iv) restructuring charges, (v) loss (gain) on the sale of subsidiaries, (vi) loss (gain) on the extinguishment of debt, and (vii) the provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes. We define total capital as book value of equity (deficit) plus the book value of debt less balance sheet cash and cash equivalents. We compute and use the average of the current and prior period-end total capital in determining Adjusted ROIC. For additional information, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

•Safety: We measure safety by tracking the total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”), which is reviewed on a monthly basis. TRIR is a measure of the rate of recordable workplace injuries, defined below, normalized and stated on the basis of 100 workers for an annual period. The factor is derived by multiplying the number of recordable injuries in a calendar year by 200,000 (i.e., the total hours for 100 employees working 2,000 hours per year) and dividing this value by the total hours actually worked in the year. A recordable injury includes occupational death, nonfatal occupational illness, and other occupational injuries that involve loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, transfer to another job, or medical treatment other than first aid.

Industry Trends and Outlook

Our business depends, to a significant extent, on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies. These activity and spending levels are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices. In recent years, commodity prices have been extremely volatile and unpredictable. During 2024, natural gas prices were extremely depressed, averaging approximately $2.19 per MMBtu for the year. In 2025, natural gas prices improved as compared to 2024, averaging approximately $3.52 per MMBtu. However, despite a more supportive natural gas price environment in 2025, we have yet to see any meaningful activity increases in the natural gas-levered basins like the Haynesville and Northeast. For example, at the end of 2024, the rig count in the Haynesville was 31 rigs and at the end of 2025, the rig count was 42 rigs. In the Marcellus and Utica at the end of 2024, there were a total of 34 rigs, and at the end of 2025, a total of 39 rigs. Nonetheless, the long-term outlook on natural gas demand remains positive due mostly to potential increased demand coming from power generation related to artificial intelligence.

As for oil prices, towards the end of 2024, we began to see WTI oil prices decline, which was exacerbated by the announcement of new tariffs by the Trump Administration in April 2025 and OPEC communicating they would be increasing production. In the second quarter of 2025, WTI price fell below $60 per barrel for the first time in four years. Because of the decline in oil prices, as well as increased costs and market uncertainty, our customers began to decrease activity. According to Baker Hughes, from the end of the first quarter of 2025 through the end of 2025, 46 rigs, most of which were in the Permian Basin, came out of the U.S. market, a decline of approximately 8% compared to the number of rigs at the end of the first quarter of 2025. During the first quarter of 2025, the average WTI price was $71.78 per barrel as compared to $59.62 per barrel in the fourth quarter of 2025, a decline of approximately 17%.

Due to the spot-market nature of our business, our revenue and profitability generally move very similarly to U.S. rig, frac, and stage counts, and starting in the second quarter of 2025, we began to experience activity declines as well as receive pricing pressure across all of our service lines, especially in the oil-levered basins. During the third quarter and continuing into the fourth quarter of 2025, we had full quarter realizations of these activity declines, as well as continued pricing pressure on our services, which negatively impacted both revenue and earnings. In addition to negative market impacts, our completion tools division had market share losses, which were due mostly to customer consolidation and a change in certain of our customers’ completion designs, during the quarter that negatively impacted revenue and earnings. Lastly, as anticipated, during the fourth quarter we had typical seasonal slowdowns related to weather, holidays and budget exhaustion, which negatively impacted revenue and earnings.

The macro-outlook is uncertain, especially with recent geopolitical events, but with what we know today, we anticipate that U.S. activity levels will be relatively flat compared to 2025 exit levels. For the first quarter, we have seen operational inefficiencies and downtime due to weather and frac delays. Additionally, during the first quarter, we will incur costs related to our restructuring. Because of this, we anticipate first quarter 2026 revenue and earnings will be down compared to the fourth quarter of 2025.

Significant factors that are likely to affect commodity prices moving forward include geopolitical and economic developments in the U.S. and globally, including conflicts, the pace of economic growth in the U.S. and throughout the world, including the potential for macro weakness; tariffs imposed by the U.S. and other countries or retaliatory trade measures; instability, acts of war or terrorism in oil producing countries or regions, particularly the Middle East, Russia, South America and Africa; actions of the members of OPEC and other oil exporting nations that relate to or impact oil production or supply; weather conditions; the effect of energy, monetary, and trade policies of the U.S.; changes to energy regulations and policies, including those of the EPA and other governmental bodies; and overall North American oil and natural gas supply and demand fundamentals, including the pace at which export capacity grows. We expect that U.S. activity levels will be impacted by commodity prices and many of the same factors expected to impact commodity prices, including the production of OPEC and other oil exporting nations and governmental policies, such as tariffs. We cannot predict the scope or extent of such impacts. Furthermore, although as noted above, our customers’ activity and spending levels, and thus demand for our services and products, are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices, even with price improvements in oil and natural gas, operator activity may not materially increase, as operators remain focused on operating within their capital plans and uncertainty remains around supply and demand fundamentals.

Results of Operations

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		Change		Percentage Change
	(in thousands, except percentage change)
Revenues	$	561,911	$	554,104	$	7,807	1	%
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)	$	467,360	$	456,729	$	10,631	2	%
General and administrative expenses	59,747		51,298		8,449		16	%
Depreciation	23,205		25,594		(2,389)		(9)	%
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183		—		—	%
Loss on revaluation of contingent liability	217		104		113		109	%
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment	(2,149)		256		(2,405)		939	%
Income from operations	2,348		8,940		(6,592)		(74)	%
Non-operating expenses	53,841		49,824		4,017		8	%
Loss before income taxes	(51,493)		(40,884)		(10,609)		26	%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(171)		198		(369)		186	%
Net loss	$	(51,322)	$	(41,082)	$	(10,240)	25	%

Revenues

Revenues increased $7.8 million, or 1%, to $561.9 million in 2025. The increase in comparison to 2024 was primarily due to an increase in cementing revenue (including pump downs) of $11.3 million, or 6%, as total cement job count increased

8%. In addition, wireline revenue increased $4.5 million, or 4%, as total completed wireline stages increased 23%, which was partially offset by pricing pressure, in comparison to 2024. The overall increase in revenue was partially offset by a decrease in coiled tubing revenue of $6.3 million, or 6%, as total days worked decreased 6%, in comparison to 2024. The overall increase was also partially offset by a decrease in tools revenue of $1.7 million, or 1% due to a change in product mix in comparison to 2024.

Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)

Cost of revenues increased $10.6 million, or 2%, to $467.4 million in 2025. The increase was primarily related to a $5.3 million increase in materials installed and consumed while performing services, a $2.6 million increase in vehicle costs, a $1.6 million increase in insurance costs, and a $0.8 million increase in repairs and maintenance costs, each in comparison to 2024.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $8.4 million to $59.7 million in 2025. The increase in comparison to 2024 was primarily related to $4.5 million in retention payments and $2.7 million in professional fees recorded in 2025 in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases, which were not incurred in 2024. The overall increase was also partially attributed to a $1.4 million increase in other employee costs in comparison to 2024.

Depreciation

Depreciation expense decreased $2.4 million to $23.2 million in 2025. The decrease in comparison to 2024 was primarily due to an increase in fully depreciated assets and asset disposals across certain lines of service between periods.

Amortization of Intangibles

We recorded approximately $11.2 million in amortization of intangibles expense (comprised of technology and customer relationships) in both 2025 and 2024.

(Gain) Loss on Revaluation of Contingent Liability

We recorded a $0.2 million loss on the revaluation of contingent liability in 2025 compared to a $0.1 million loss in 2024. The losses in both 2025 and 2024 were related to increases in the fair value of the earnout associated with our acquisition Frac Technology AS (the “Frac Tech Earnout”). The remaining amount associated with the Frac Tech Earnout was paid in the first quarter of 2026.

(Gain) Loss on Sale of Property and Equipment

We recorded a gain on sale of property and equipment of $2.1 million in 2025 compared to a $0.3 million loss on sale of equipment in 2024. The $2.4 million change was primarily attributed to gains on the disposal of certain coiled tubing equipment in 2025 that did not occur in 2024.

Non-Operating Expenses (Income)

Non-operating expenses increased $4.0 million to $53.8 million in 2025. The increase was primarily attributed to a $1.9 million increase in the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with certain debt instruments in comparison to 2024. The increase was also partly attributed to the write-off of $1.5 million of deferred financing costs associated with the 2018 ABL Credit Facility (as described and defined in Note 9 – Debt Obligations) in 2025 that did not occur in 2024, as well as an increase of $0.5 million in interest expense associated with revolving credit facilities in comparison to 2024.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $0.2 million for 2025 compared to an income tax provision of $0.2 million in 2024. The $0.4 million change was primarily attributed to a $0.5 million discrete income tax benefit in 2025 that did not occur in 2024.

Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted EBITDA

Net loss increased $10.2 million, or 25%, to $51.3 million, and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $3.8 million, or 7%, to $49.4 million for 2025. The changes were primarily due to the fluctuations in revenue and expenses discussed above. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for further information regarding Adjusted EBITDA.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders, and rating agencies. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA (which is net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) further adjusted for (i) goodwill, intangible asset, and/or property and equipment impairment charges, (ii) transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions, (iii) loss or gain on revaluation of contingent liabilities, (iv) loss or gain on the extinguishment of debt, (v) loss or gain on the sale of subsidiaries, (vi) restructuring charges, (vii) stock-based compensation and cash award expense, (viii) loss or gain on sale of property and equipment, and (ix) other expenses or charges to exclude certain items which we believe are not reflective of ongoing performance of our business, such as legal expenses and settlement costs related to litigation outside the ordinary course of business.

Management believes Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to us and our investors regarding our financial condition and results of operations because it allows us and them to evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure and helps identify underlying trends in our operations that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of impairments, acquisitions and dispositions, and costs that are not reflective of the ongoing performance of our business. We exclude the items listed above from net income (loss) in arriving at this measure because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures, and the method by which the assets were acquired.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) or as an indicator of our operating performance. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of Adjusted EBITDA. Our computation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure of Adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP financial measure of net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Net loss	$	(51,322)	$	(41,082)
Interest expense	55,208		51,321
Interest income	(683)		(849)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(171)		198
Depreciation	23,205		25,594
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183
EBITDA	$	37,420	$	46,365
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:
EBITDA	$	37,420	$	46,365
Loss on revaluation of contingent liability (1)	217		104
Restructuring charges and other expenses	7,539		701
Stock-based compensation expense	2,211		2,946
Cash award expense	4,169		2,832
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment	(2,149)		256
Adjusted EBITDA	$	49,407	$	53,204

(1)     Amounts relate to the revaluation of contingent liability associated with a 2018 acquisition. The impact is included in our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss). For additional information on contingent liabilities, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

(2)     For the year ended December 31, 2025, amounts primarily relate to the Chapter 11 Cases, including $4.5 million in employee retention payments approved by the Board and $2.7 million in professional fees and expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2024, amounts primarily relate to professional fees and expenses in connection with procurement and supply chain restructuring and other initiatives.

Adjusted Return on Invested Capital

Adjusted ROIC is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted ROIC as adjusted after-tax net operating profit (loss), divided by average total capital. We define adjusted after-tax net operating profit (loss), which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as net income (loss) plus (i) goodwill, intangible asset, and/or property and equipment impairment charges, (ii) transaction and integration costs related to acquisitions, (iii) interest expense (income), (iv) restructuring charges, (v) loss (gain) on the sale of subsidiaries, (vi) loss (gain) on the extinguishment of debt, and (vii) the provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes. We define total capital as book value of equity (deficit) plus the book value of debt less balance sheet cash and cash equivalents. We compute and use the average of the current and prior period-end total capital in determining Adjusted ROIC.

Management believes Adjusted ROIC provides useful information to us and our investors regarding our financial condition and results of operations because it quantifies how well we generate operating income relative to the capital we have invested in our business and illustrates the profitability of a business or project taking into account the capital invested. Management uses Adjusted ROIC to assist them in capital resource allocation decisions and in evaluating business performance. Although Adjusted ROIC is commonly used as a measure of capital efficiency, definitions of Adjusted ROIC differ, and our computation of Adjusted ROIC may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table provides our calculation of Adjusted ROIC for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. The following table also presents ROIC (defined as net income (loss), divided by average total capital) and a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure of adjusted after-tax net operating profit (loss) to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of net income (loss), in each case for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024
	(in thousands)
Net loss	$	(51,322)		$	(41,082)
Add back:
Interest expense	55,208			51,321
Interest income	(683)			(849)
Restructuring charges and other expenses (1)	7,539			701
Adjusted after-tax net operating income	$	10,742		$	10,091
Total capital as of prior period-end:
Total stockholders’ deficit	$	(66,064)		$	(35,630)
Total debt	350,580			359,859
Less cash and cash equivalents	(27,880)			(30,840)
Total capital as of prior period-end	$	256,636		$	293,389
Total capital as of period-end:
Total stockholders’ deficit	$	(114,956)		$	(66,064)
Total debt	369,621			350,580
Less cash and cash equivalents	(18,449)			(27,880)
Total capital as of period-end	$	236,216		$	256,636
Average total capital	$	246,426		$	275,013
ROIC	(20.8)		%	(14.9)		%
Adjusted ROIC	4.4		%	3.7		%

(1)     For the year ended December 31, 2025, amounts primarily relate to the Chapter 11 Cases, including $4.5 million in employee retention payments approved by the Board and $2.7 million in professional fees and expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2024, amounts primarily relate to professional fees and expenses in connection with procurement and supply chain restructuring and other initiatives.

Adjusted Gross Profit (Loss)

GAAP defines gross profit (loss) as revenues less cost of revenues and includes depreciation and amortization in costs of revenues. We define adjusted gross profit (loss) as revenues less direct and indirect costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization). This measure differs from the GAAP definition of gross profit (loss) because we do not include the impact of depreciation and amortization, which represent non-cash expenses.

Management believes adjusted gross profit (loss) provides useful information to us and our investors regarding our financial condition and results of operation and helps management evaluate our operating performance by eliminating the impact of depreciation and amortization, which we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. Adjusted gross profit (loss) should not be considered as an alternative to gross profit (loss), operating income (loss), or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted gross profit (loss) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted gross profit (loss) or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do.

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross profit (loss) to GAAP gross profit (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Calculation of gross profit:
Revenues	$	561,911	$	554,104
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)	467,360		456,729
Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)	22,752		25,095
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183
Gross profit	$	60,616	$	61,097
Adjusted gross profit reconciliation:
Gross profit	$	60,616	$	61,097
Depreciation (related to cost of revenues)	22,752		25,095
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183
Adjusted gross profit	$	94,551	$	97,375

Financial Condition, Liquidity, and Capital Resources

Historically, we have met our liquidity needs principally from cash on hand, cash flows from operations and, if needed, external borrowings and issuances of debt securities. Our principal uses of cash are to fund capital expenditures, service our outstanding debt, and fund our working capital requirements. Due to our high level of variable costs and the asset-light make-up of our business, we have historically been able to quickly implement cost-cutting measures and adapt as the market dictates. We have also used cash to make open market repurchases of our debt.

The filing of the Chapter 11 Cases constituted events of default that accelerated our obligations related to the 2028 Notes and the Prepetition ABL Facility (as defined and described in Note 9 – Debt Obligations). As a result, the principal and interest due under our outstanding 2028 Notes and Prepetition ABL Facility became immediately due and payable. However, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. We do not have sufficient cash on hand or available liquidity to repay such outstanding debt. As of December 31, 2025, we had $18.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $21.0 million of availability under the Prepetition ABL Facility, which resulted in a total liquidity position of $39.4 million.

Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

As a result of the current bankruptcy proceedings and our financial condition, substantial doubt exists that we will be able to continue as a going concern for one year from the date of this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report were prepared on a going concern basis of accounting, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities are subject to uncertainty. Our liquidity requirements and the availability to us of adequate capital resources are difficult to predict at this time. In addition, we have incurred, and continue to incur, material reorganization and administrative expenses in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan. Notwithstanding the protections available to us under the Bankruptcy Code, if our future sources of liquidity are insufficient, we will face substantial liquidity constraints and will likely be required to significantly reduce, delay, or eliminate capital expenditures, implement further cost reductions, seek other financing alternatives or cease operations as a going concern and liquidate. We can give no assurance that we will be able to secure additional sources of funds to support our operations, or, if such funds are available to us, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet our needs. Based on such evaluation and management’s current plans, which are subject to change, management believes there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our ability to continue as a going concern is contingent upon our ability to successfully implement the Plan and successfully emerge from Chapter 11, and generate sufficient liquidity to meet our obligations and operating needs, among other factors. The consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern or as a consequence of the Chapter 11 Cases. Further, any plan of reorganization could materially change the amount of assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. There are substantial risks and uncertainties related to (i) our ability to successfully emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, and (ii) the effects of disruption from the Chapter 11 Cases making it more difficult to maintain business, financing, and operational relationships. For more information about the risks and uncertainties related to the Chapter 11 Cases, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Chapter 11 Cases” in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report.

Capital Resources Prior to and During the Chapter 11 Cases

At December 31, 2025, we had $63.3 million of outstanding borrowings under the Prepetition ABL Facility. We also had $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2028 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2025. For additional information on the Prepetition ABL Facility and the 2028 Notes, see Note 9 – Debt Obligations included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report. As noted above, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases constituted an event of default that accelerated our obligations related to the 2028 Notes and the Prepetition ABL Facility. As a result, the principal and interest due under our outstanding 2028 Notes and Prepetition ABL Facility became immediately due and payable. However, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditors’ rights of enforcement are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

On February 3, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court, on an interim basis, approved the DIP ABL Facility, and the Company Parties entered into the DIP Loan and Security Agreement with the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders, which provides the Company Parties with a senior secured super-priority asset-based debtor-in-possession credit facility consisting of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount (the “DIP Maximum Revolving Facility Amount”) of revolving credit commitments, including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement

(which totaled approximately $67.3 million as of February 3, 2026). A portion of the DIP ABL Facility not in excess of $5.0 million is available for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Our obligations under the DIP ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all our tangible and intangible assets and all of our current domestic and Canadian subsidiaries, subject to, among other things, customary bankruptcy-related exceptions including certain carve-outs for administrative and professional fee payments arising in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases.

Borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility are subject to a borrowing base. The outstanding balance of the borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility may not exceed in the aggregate at any time the lesser of (i) the DIP Maximum Revolving Facility Amount reduced by certain customary reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, which is calculated on the basis of eligible accounts and inventory. In particular, the borrowing base is equal to (a) 92.5% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian billed accounts receivable, plus (b) the lesser of (x) 85% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian unbilled accounts receivable and (y) $6.0 million, plus (c) the lesser of (x) 50% of the aggregate amount of eligible billed non-U.S. and non-Canadian accounts receivable and (y) $3.0 million, plus (d) the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, multiplied by the lessor of (x) 70% and (y) 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value divided by the book value in respect of such inventory, and, in the case of inventory consisting raw materials, not to exceed a maximum sublimit of $1.0 million, plus (e) the lesser of (x) $10.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 10% of the borrowing base, minus (f) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by the DIP Agent.

Borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the term-specific Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) for an interest period of one month, subject to a 1.50% floor, plus an applicable margin of 4.00%.

The maturity date of the DIP ABL Facility is the earlier of the Plan Effective Date and 120 days after the Petition Date, subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the DIP Loan and Security Agreement. The proceeds of the DIP ABL Facility are for (i) working capital and corporate purposes of the Company Parties, (ii) bankruptcy-related costs and expenses in respect of the Chapter 11 Cases, (iii) costs and expenses related to the DIP ABL Facility, and (iv) refinancing of obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement.

The DIP Loan and Security Agreement contains certain representations and warranties, events of default, and various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for debtor-in-possession loan agreements of this type, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments and investments (including acquisitions). In addition, the DIP Loan and Security Agreement contains certain financial covenants, including a minimum excess availability of not less than $5.0 million.

ATM Program

On November 6, 2023, we entered into an equity distribution agreement (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”) with Piper Sandler & Co. (the “ATM Agent”). Pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement, we were able to sell, from time to time, shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $30.0 million through the ATM Agent acting as our sales agent (our “ATM program”). The ATM Agent received a commission equal to 3.0% of the gross sale price of any shares sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement. Under the Equity Distribution Agreement, we set the parameters for the sale of the shares thereunder, including the number of shares to be sold, the time period during which sales are requested to be made, and any price below which sales may not be made. During the year ended December 31, 2024, 5,380,164 shares were sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement, which generated net proceeds of $8.2 million after deducting commissions of $0.3 million, and during the year ended December 31, 2025, no shares were sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement. No additional shares may be sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement.

Expected Capital Resources and Uses After the Chapter 11 Cases

Under the terms contemplated by the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Plan, upon successful emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases, the 2028 Notes will be canceled (and the holders of the 2028 Notes will receive shares of the Reorganized Company’s common stock). On December 31, 2025, we had $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2028 Notes outstanding and made $39.0 million of interest payments to the holders of the 2028 Notes during the year then ended.

For 2026, assuming successful emergence from the Chapter 11 Cases, our planned capital expenditure budget, excluding possible acquisitions, is expected to be between $15.0 million to $30.0 million. The nature of our capital expenditures is comprised of a base level of investment required to support our current operations and amounts related to growth and company initiatives. Capital expenditures for growth and company initiatives are discretionary. We continually evaluate our capital expenditures, and the amount we ultimately spend will depend on a number of factors, including expected industry activity levels and company initiatives. Although we do not budget for acquisitions, pursuing growth through acquisitions may continue to be a part of our business strategy. Our ability to make significant additional acquisitions for cash will require us to

obtain additional equity or debt refinancing, which we may not be able to obtain on terms acceptable to us or at all, particularly after recently emerging from the Chapter 11 cases.

On the Plan Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, we expect that the DIP ABL Facility will be converted into the Exit ABL Facility, a first priority senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility consisting of up to $135.0 million in aggregate principal amount (the “Exit Maximum Revolving Facility Amount”) of revolving commitments. A portion of the Exit ABL Facility not in excess of $5.0 million is expected to be available for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Our obligations under the Exit ABL Facility are expected to be secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets and all of our current domestic and Canadian subsidiaries, including all machinery and equipment.

Borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility will be subject to a borrowing base. The outstanding balance of the borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility may not exceed in the aggregate at any time the lesser of (i) the Exit Maximum Revolving Facility Amount reduced by certain customary reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, which is calculated on the basis of eligible accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, and, at the Company Parties’ election, certain real property assets of the Company Parties. In particular, the borrowing base is equal to (a) 92.5% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian billed accounts receivable, plus (b) the lesser of (x) 85% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian unbilled accounts receivable and (y) $6 million, plus (c) the lesser of (“Foreign Accounts Availability”) (x) 50% of the aggregate amount of eligible billed non-U.S. and non-Canadian accounts receivable and (y) $3 million, plus (d) the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, multiplied by the lesser of (x) 70% and (y) 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value divided by the book value in respect of such inventory, and, in the case of inventory constituting raw materials, not to exceed a maximum sublimit of $1 million, plus (e) the lesser of (“SOFA Availability”) (x) $10 million and (y) an amount equal to 10% of the borrowing base, plus (f) the lesser of (x) the sum of (1) up to 75% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible machinery and equipment (“M&E Availability”) plus (2) up to 75% of the fair market value of eligible real property owned by certain of the Company Parties (“Real Property Availability”) and (y) $30 million (which amount shall be permanently reduced on a yearly basis based on a 5-year straight line amortization), minus (g) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by the agent under the loan and security agreement governing the Exit ABL Facility (the “Exit Loan and Security Agreement”). The Exit ABL Facility will also include a feature allowing the Company Parties, at their election, to provide mortgages in favor of the agent and lenders under the Exit ABL Facility over certain of their eligible real property assets from time to time, thereby obtaining additional borrowing base credit under the Exit ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Exit ABL Facility are expected to bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the term-specific SOFR for an interest period of one month, subject to a 1.50% floor, plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.50% to 4.00%, depending on our fixed charge coverage ratio, subject to an additional margin of 0.50% with respect to any revolving loans or letters of credit utilizing any of M&E Availability, Real Property Availability, SOFA Availability, and/or Foreign Accounts Availability.

The maturity date of the Exit ABL Facility is expected to be three years after the Plan Effective Date, subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Exit Loan and Security Agreement. The proceeds of the Exit ABL Facility will be used for (i) working capital and general corporate purposes of the Company Parties, (ii) costs and expenses related to the Exit ABL Facility, and (iii) refinancing of all obligations under the DIP ABL Facility.

The Exit Loan and Security Agreement is expected to contain certain representations and warranties, events of default, and various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for asset-based credit facilities of this type, including financial reporting requirements and limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments, and investments (including acquisitions). In addition, the Exit Loan and Security Agreement is expected to contain certain financial covenants, including a minimum excess availability of not less than $5.0 million and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1.00 that will be tested when the excess availability under the Exit ABL Facility is less than the lesser of (a) 7.5% of the lesser of (x) the Exit Maximum Revolving Facility Amount minus reserves and (y) the borrowing base and (b) $9.0 million, which minimum fixed charge coverage ratio would apply until the excess availability is greater than or equal to such threshold for a period of 30 consecutive days.

There are substantial risks and uncertainties related to our ability to successfully emerge from Chapter 11 and the effects of disruption from the Chapter 11 Cases which may make it more difficult to maintain business, financing, and operational relationships. Refer to Part I, Item IA “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Chapter 11 Cases” of this Annual Report.

Cash Flows

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024 are presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Operating activities	$	(7,306)	$	13,195
Investing activities	(13,594)		(14,178)
Financing activities	12,862		(1,683)
Impact of foreign exchange rate on cash	—		(294)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	$	(8,038)	$	(2,960)

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.3 million in 2025 compared to $13.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities in 2024. The $20.5 million change was primarily attributed to a $12.9 million decrease in cash provided by working capital in comparison to 2024, driven mainly by an increased inventory balance in comparison to 2024 coupled with the fluctuation in the timing of certain prepaid expenses between periods. The overall change was also partly attributed to a $7.6 million decrease in cash flow provided by operations driven mainly by an increased net loss in comparison to 2024.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $13.6 million in 2025 compared to $14.2 million in 2024. The $0.6 million decrease was primarily attributed to $2.2 million in cash proceeds from property and equipment casualty losses in 2025 that did not occur in 2024, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in cash purchases of property and equipment in comparison to 2024 and a $0.4 million decrease in cash proceeds from the sale of property and equipment between periods.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $12.9 million in 2025 compared to $1.7 million in net cash used in 2024. The $14.6 million change was primarily attributed to a $62.9 million increase in proceeds received from revolving credit facilities and a $3.8 million increase in proceeds from short-term debt, each in comparison to 2024, partially offset by a $38.0 million increase in payments on revolving credit facilities in comparison to 2024, coupled with $8.2 million in proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under our ATM program in 2024, that did not reoccur in 2025, as well as $4.6 million in debt issuance costs associated with the Prepetition ABL Facility in 2025, that did not occur in 2024, and a $1.8 million increase in payments of short-term debt between periods.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our financial statements.

We consider the significant accounting policies identified below to be “critical accounting estimates” due to the following:

•The policies are dependent on estimates and assumptions made by us about matters that are inherently uncertain.

•The policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported under different conditions, or if different assumptions had been used.

For additional information on our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated under the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Equipment held under finance leases is stated at the present value of its future minimum lease payments and is depreciated under the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives requires significant judgment, which is influenced by our historical experience in operating property and equipment, technological developments, and expectations of future demand. Should our estimates be too long or too short, we could report a disproportionate amount of losses or gains from sale or retirement.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In performing the review for impairment, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal are estimated. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. The amount of the impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the Level 3 fair value of the asset. The Level 3 fair value is determined either through the use of an external valuation, or by means of an analysis of discounted future cash flows based on expected utilization. Determining fair value requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, weighted average costs of capital, terminal growth rates, future market share, the impact of new product development, and future market conditions, among others. We believe that the estimates and assumptions used in impairment assessments are reasonable and appropriate. Impairment losses are reflected in “Income (loss) from operations” in our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

In the fourth quarter of 2025, due to liquidity constraints and persistent industry headwinds, we downwardly revised internal forecasts associated with our tools, cementing, wireline, and coiled tubing asset groups. As a result, we evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets (inclusive of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets) associated with these asset groups utilizing undiscounted cash flow projections. These projections were based on historical results and management’s estimates of future market conditions, including input costs and sales prices, current and future strategic and operational plans, and future financial performance, projected through the remaining useful life of the primary asset associated with each asset group. Based on these recoverability tests in the fourth quarter of 2025, we determined that the carrying amounts of each asset group was recoverable.

Recognition of Provisions for Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, suits, and complaints. We, in consultation with internal and external advisors, will provide for a contingent loss in the financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Reasonable estimates are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. The accuracy of these estimates is impacted by, among other things, the complexity of the issues and the amount of due diligence we have been able to perform. If it is determined that the reasonable estimate of the loss is a range and that there is no best estimate within the range, provision will be made for the lower amount of the range. If the actual settlement costs, final judgments, or fines, after appeals, differ from our estimates, there may be a material adverse effect on our future financial results.

Stock-based Compensation and Fair Market Value Determination

We account for awards of stock-based compensation at fair value on the date granted to employees and recognize the compensation expense in the financial statements over the requisite service period. Forfeitures are recorded as they occur. All stock-based compensation expense is recorded using the straight-line method and is included in “General and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Fair value of all the options outstanding was measured using the Black-Scholes model. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of options requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility of the price of our stock, the risk-free rate, the expected term of the options, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires estimates of key assumptions based on both historical information and management judgment regarding market factors and trends.

Expected Life – The expected term of stock options represents the period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the simplified method, which is the weighted average vesting term plus the original contractual term, divided by two.

Expected Volatility – We develop our expected volatility based upon a weighted average volatility of our peer group.

Risk-free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rates for options granted are based on the average of five year and seven year constant maturity Treasury bond rates whose term is consistent with the expected term of an option from the date of grant.

Expected Term – The expected term is based on the midpoint between the vesting date and contractual term of an option. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding.

Expected Dividend Yield – We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

Fair value of the performance cash awards was measured using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For additional information on recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined by the SEC. As such, we are eligible to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements in several Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X items. Our disclosures in this Annual Report reflect these scaled requirements.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

As a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under the Exchange Act, we are not required to provide the information required by this Item.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID238)	F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Substantial Doubt about the Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on February 1, 2026, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to this matter are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the

F-1

company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Revenue Recognition

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of products and services which are sold directly to customers or are consumed by customers on their well sites. For product sales, the Company typically recognizes revenue when it meets its performance obligation upon the shipment of the products from its facilities to its customer. The Company recognizes service revenue over the time the service is performed as the customer consumes and benefits from the use of the Company’s products and services for well service. The Company recognized total revenues of $561.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.

The principal consideration for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition is a critical audit matter is a high degree of auditor effort in performing procedures related to the Company’s revenue recognition.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the recording of revenue upon shipment of the product or over the time the service is performed. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing, on a sample basis, revenue recognized by obtaining and inspecting source documents, such as invoices, credit memos, proof of shipment or service, and cash receipts or tracing transactions not settled to a detailed listing of accounts receivable; (ii) testing, on a sample basis, revenue transactions recorded but not yet invoiced by obtaining and inspecting proof of shipment or service; (iii) testing, on a sample basis, revenue transactions recorded near period end to evaluate whether they were recorded in the appropriate period; (iv) testing, on a sample basis, outstanding customer invoice balances as of December 31, 2025 by obtaining and inspecting source documents, such as proof of shipment or service and subsequent cash receipts; and (v) evaluating, on a sample basis, terms and conditions within master service agreements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 4, 2026

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

F-2

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2025		2024
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18,449	$	27,880
Restricted cash	1,393		—
Accounts receivable, net	75,979		81,157
Income taxes receivable	—		284
Inventories, net	56,553		50,781
Prepaid expenses	13,538		9,982
Other current assets	2,919		380
Total current assets	168,831		170,464
Property and equipment, net	64,266		70,518
Operating lease right of use assets, net	34,105		37,252
Finance lease right of use assets, net	16		29
Technology intangible assets, net	62,971		71,376
Customer relationships intangible assets, net	5,092		7,870
Other long-term assets	4,183		2,567
Total assets	$	339,464	$	360,076
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	43,564	$	36,052
Accrued expenses	27,764		30,676
Income taxes payable	356		—
Current portion of long-term debt	6,310		3,580
Current portion of operating lease obligations	13,409		11,216
Current portion of finance lease obligations	6		21
Total current liabilities	91,409		81,545
Long-term liabilities
Long-term debt	341,572		317,264
Long-term operating lease obligations	21,352		26,710
Other long-term liabilities	87		621
Total liabilities	454,420		426,140
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Common stock (120,000,000 shares authorized at $0.01 par value; 43,326,339 and 42,348,643 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024 respectively)	433		423
Additional paid-in capital	808,432		806,231
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(5,187)		(5,406)
Accumulated deficit	(918,634)		(867,312)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	(114,956)		(66,064)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	$	339,464	$	360,076

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
Revenues
Service	$	431,211	$	421,738
Product	130,700		132,366
	561,911		554,104
Cost and expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
Service	365,036		355,636
Product	102,324		101,093
General and administrative expenses	59,747		51,298
Depreciation	23,205		25,594
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183
Loss on revaluation of contingent liability	217		104
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment	(2,149)		256
Income from operations	2,348		8,940
Interest expense	55,208		51,321
Interest income	(683)		(849)
Other income	(684)		(648)
Loss before income taxes	(51,493)		(40,884)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	(171)		198
Net loss	$	(51,322)	$	(41,082)
Loss per share
Basic	$	(1.25)	$	(1.11)
Diluted	$	(1.25)	$	(1.11)
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic	40,917,960		37,172,635
Diluted	40,917,960		37,172,635
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of $0 tax in each period	$	219	$	(547)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	219		(547)
Total comprehensive loss	$	(51,103)	$	(41,629)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Common Stock			Additional<br>Paid-in		Accumulated<br>Other<br>Comprehensive		Retained<br>Earnings<br>(Accumulated		Total<br>Stockholders’ Equity
	Shares	Amounts		Capital		Income (Loss)		Deficit)		(Deficit)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) as of December 31, 2023	35,324,861	$	353	$	795,106	$	(4,859)	$	(826,230)	$	(35,630)
Issuance of common stock under stock compensation plan, net of forfeitures	1,643,618	16		(16)		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation expense	—	—		2,946		—		—		2,946
Issuance of common stock under ATM program	5,380,164	54		8,195		—		—		8,249
Other comprehensive loss	—	—		—		(547)		—		(547)
Net loss	—	—		—		—		(41,082)		(41,082)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) as of December 31, 2024	42,348,643	$	423	$	806,231	$	(5,406)	$	(867,312)	$	(66,064)
Issuance of common stock under stock compensation plan, net of forfeitures	977,696	10		(10)		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation expense	—	—		2,211		—		—		2,211
Other comprehensive income	—	—		—		219		—		219
Net loss	—	—		—		—		(51,322)		(51,322)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) as of December 31, 2025	43,326,339	$	433	$	808,432	$	(5,187)	$	(918,634)	$	(114,956)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss	$	(51,322)	$	(41,082)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation	23,205		25,594
Amortization of intangibles	11,183		11,183
Amortization of operating leases	15,212		13,256
Amortization of deferred financing costs and non-cash interest	14,355		7,602
Provision for doubtful accounts	15		526
Provision for inventory obsolescence	1,614		1,738
Stock-based compensation expense	2,211		2,946
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment	(2,149)		256
Loss on revaluation of contingent liability	217		104
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable, net	5,210		6,724
Inventories, net	(7,142)		1,710
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(5,448)		(995)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	2,710		(2,092)
Income taxes receivable/payable	636		212
Operating lease obligations	(15,130)		(13,080)
Other assets and liabilities	(2,683)		(1,407)
Net cash used in operating activities	(7,306)		13,195
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment	189		585
Proceeds from property and equipment casualty losses	2,165		—
Purchases of property and equipment	(15,948)		(14,763)
Net cash used in investing activities	(13,594)		(14,178)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under ATM program	—		8,249
Cost of debt issuance	(4,558)		—
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities	65,946		3,000
Payments on revolving credit facilities	(51,000)		(13,000)
Proceeds from short-term debt	9,570		5,762
Payments of short-term debt	(6,840)		(5,041)
Principle payments on finance leases	(33)		(49)
Payments of contingent liability	(223)		(604)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	12,862		(1,683)
Impact of foreign currency exchange on cash	—		(294)
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash	(8,038)		(2,960)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period	27,880		30,840
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period	$	19,842	$	27,880

F-6

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	43,187	$	43,939
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes	$	(849)	$	525
Supplemental schedule of non-cash activities:
Capital expenditures in accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	2,676	$	889

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Company and Organization

Company Description

Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “Company” or “Nine”), a Delaware corporation, is an oilfield services business that provides services integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. The Company is headquartered in Houston, Texas.

Current Bankruptcy Proceedings

On February 1, 2026 (the “Petition Date”), the Company and our domestic and Canadian subsidiaries (collectively with the Company, the “Company Parties”) filed voluntary petitions (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) under chapter 11 (“Chapter 11”) of title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to implement a prepackaged Chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) to effectuate a financial restructuring for the Company Parties’ existing indebtedness (the “Restructuring”) in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement (as defined below). Prior to filing the Chapter 11 Cases, on February 1, 2026, the Company Parties entered into a restructuring support agreement (the “Restructuring Support Agreement”) with an ad hoc group (collectively, the “Consenting Stakeholders”) of certain holders of the Company’s 13.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”) and the lenders (the “Prepetition ABL Lenders”) under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2025 (the “Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement”), by and among the Company and certain subsidiaries thereof, each as a borrower or guarantor, as applicable, White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent for the lenders, and the lenders from time to time party thereto. Pursuant to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Consenting Stakeholders have agreed, subject to certain terms and conditions, to support the Plan. The material terms of the Plan include, among other things:

•the Prepetition ABL Lenders providing the Company Parties with a senior secured super-priority asset-based debtor-in-possession credit facility consisting of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments (the “DIP ABL Facility”), including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement, which will, upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, convert into an exit senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility consisting of up to $135.0 million in aggregate principal amount of revolving commitments on the effective date of the Plan (the “Plan Effective Date”) or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter;

•on the Plan Effective Date, the reorganized Company will issue 100% of a single class of common equity interests to the holders of the 2028 Notes and the 2028 Notes will be canceled; and

•on the Plan Effective Date, the Company’s currently existing common stock will be canceled.

On February 3, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court, on an interim basis, approved the DIP ABL Facility, and the Company Parties entered into a loan and security agreement (the “DIP Loan and Security Agreement”) with White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent (the “DIP Agent”), and White Oak ABL 3, LLC and White Oak Europe ABL Limited, as lenders (the “DIP Lenders”), pursuant to which the DIP Lenders provided the Company Parties with the DIP ABL Facility. For additional information on the DIP ABL Facility, see Note 9 – Debt Obligations.

Since the Petition Date, the Company Parties have been operating their businesses as debtors-in-possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and orders of the Bankruptcy Court. The Company Parties have requested and obtained relief from the Bankruptcy Court that enables them to continue their ordinary course operations during the Chapter 11 Cases and uphold their commitments to their stakeholders, including employees, customers, and vendors, during the restructuring process, subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Subject to certain exceptions under the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases automatically stayed the continuation of most legal proceedings and the filings of other actions against or on behalf of the Company Parties’ bankruptcy estate unless and until the Bankruptcy Court modifies or lifts the automatic stay as to any such claim. In particular, although the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases constituted an event of default that accelerated the Company’s obligations under the 2028 Notes Indenture (as defined in Note 9 – Debt Obligations) and the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement (together with the 2028 Notes Indenture, the “Debt Instruments”) and caused

F-8

the principal and interest due thereunder to be immediately due and payable, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the creditor’s rights of enforcement in respect of the Debt Instruments are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Notwithstanding the general application of the automatic stay described above and other protections afforded by the Bankruptcy Code, governmental authorities may determine to continue actions brought under their police and regulatory powers.

On March 4, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan. The Company Parties anticipate emerging from the Chapter 11 Cases, and the Plan Effective Date occurring, on March 5, 2026; however, consummation of the Restructuring pursuant to the Plan is subject to the satisfaction of the waiver or certain conditions set forth in the Plan. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that such transactions will be consummated.

Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

As a result of the current bankruptcy proceedings and its financial condition, substantial doubt exists that the Company will be able to continue as a going concern for one year from the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated financial statements were prepared on a going concern basis of accounting, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities are subject to uncertainty. The Company’s liquidity requirements, and the availability to the Company of adequate capital resources are difficult to predict at this time. In addition, the Company has incurred, and continues to incur, material reorganization and administrative expenses in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan. Notwithstanding the protections available to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code, if its future sources of liquidity are insufficient, the Company will face substantial liquidity constraints and will likely be required to significantly reduce, delay, or eliminate capital expenditures, implement further cost reductions, seek other financing alternatives, or cease operations as a going concern and liquidate. The Company can give no assurance that it will be able to secure additional sources of funds to support its operations, or, if such funds are available to the Company, that such additional financing will be sufficient to meet its needs. Based on such evaluation and management’s current plans, which are subject to change, management believes there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is contingent upon its ability to successfully implement the Plan and successfully emerge from Chapter 11, and generate sufficient liquidity to meet its obligations and operating needs, among other factors. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern or as a consequence of the Chapter 11 Cases. Further, any plan of reorganization could materially change the amount of assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. There are substantial risks and uncertainties related to (i) the Company’s ability to successfully emerge from the Chapter 11 Cases, and (ii) the effects of disruption from the Chapter 11 Cases making it more difficult to maintain business, financing, and operational relationships.

Market Information

On February 2, 2026, as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Company was notified by the staff of NYSE Regulation of its determination to commence proceedings to delist the Company’s common stock from the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and immediately suspend trading in the Company’s common stock on the NYSE. On February 3, 2026, the Company’s common stock began trading on the Pink Limited Market operated by the OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “NINEQ.”

Other Risks and Uncertainties

As Nine is a spot-market business, the Company’s business and its pricing depends, to a significant extent, on the level of unconventional resource development activity and corresponding capital spending of oil and natural gas companies. These activity and spending levels are strongly influenced by current and expected oil and natural gas prices, which have been extremely volatile historically and in recent years. In addition, the Company’s earnings are affected by its ability to maintain current pricing levels, the impact of wage and labor inflation, labor shortages, and supply chain constraints. Due to the spot-market nature of its business, the Company’s revenue and earnings generally move very similarly to rig, frac, and stage counts in U.S. rig count.

F-9

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, include the accounts of Nine and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future. Such estimates include fair value assumptions used in analyzing long-lived assets for possible impairment, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization expense, recognition of provisions for contingencies, and stock-based compensation fair value. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change within the next year.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period financial statement presentation. These reclassifications relate to presenting “Technology intangible assets, net” and “Customer relationships intangible assets, net” as separate line items in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) when products are received by a customer’s domestic common carrier at the Company’s facility or, for international sales, when the product is shipped to the customer’s exporter. The Company believes this recognition policy reflects the point at which the customer obtains control of the product as required by ASC 606.

Performance Obligations

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC 606. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company excludes sales taxes, value added taxes, and other taxes it collects concurrent with revenue-producing activities from revenue.

The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of products and services which are sold directly to customers or are consumed by customers on their well sites. For product sales, the Company typically recognizes revenue when it meets its performance obligation upon the shipment of the products from its facilities to its customer. The Company recognizes service revenue over the time the service is performed as the customer consumes and benefits from the use of the Company’s products and services for well service. Service revenues represent revenue recognized over time, as the Company’s customer arrangements typically provide agreed upon hourly or daily fixed-rates, and the Company recognizes service revenue based upon the number of hours or days services have been performed.

Contracts for the Company’s products and services are negotiated on a per-job basis at a regional level. Contracts vary in nature but typically have a duration of less than a month and have a single performance obligation either for a job, a series of distinct jobs, or a period the Company stands ready to provide its services to its client as needed.

The Company’s payment terms vary by the type and location of its customers and type of product and service offered. The Company receives cash equal to the invoice amount for most services and product sales, and payment terms typically range from 30 to 60 days from the date the Company invoices a customer. Since the period between the delivery of the Company’s products and services and the Company’s receipt of customer payment for these products and services is not expected to exceed one year, the Company has elected not to calculate or disclose a financing component for its customer contracts.

F-10

Contract Estimates

The Company receives reimbursements from its customers for the purchase of supplies, equipment, personnel services, and other services provided at a customer’s request. Reimbursable revenues are subject to uncertainty as the timing of the receipt of these amounts is dependent on factors outside of the Company’s influence. Accordingly, these revenues are not recognized until the uncertainty is resolved, which typically occurs when the related costs are incurred on behalf of the customer. The Company is considered a principal in these transactions and records the associated revenues at the gross amount billed to the customer.

Changes and modifications to contracts are routine in the performance of the Company’s contracts due to the dynamic nature of well operations and the services the Company provides for its customers. The Company considers contract modifications to exist when the modification either creates a new contract or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations of a contract. Most of the Company’s contract modifications are for services or goods that are not distinct from existing contracts due to the significant integration provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of the original contract.

Contract Balances

Any contract assets are included in “Accounts receivable, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Contract assets arise when recorded revenues for a contract exceed the amounts billed under the terms of the contracts. The Company classifies contract liabilities as unearned income which is included in “Accrued expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Such deferred revenue typically results from advance payments received on well service orders prior to performance of the service.

For information regarding the Company’s revenue, see Note 3 – Revenues.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at its inception. To the extent an arrangement represents a lease, the Company classifies that lease as an operating lease or a finance lease under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and its related ASUs (“ASC 842”).

The Company capitalizes operating leases on its Consolidated Balance Sheets through a Right of Use (“ROU”) asset and a corresponding lease liability. ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the operating lease. Operating lease ROU assets and obligations are recognized at the commencement date of an arrangement based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term utilizing an interest rate that the Company would have incurred to borrow over a similar term the funds necessary to purchase the leased asset.

Operating leases are included in “Operating lease right of use assets, net,” “Current portion of operating lease obligations,” and “Long-term operating lease obligations” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term for 2025 and 2024.

Finance leases are included in the line items “Finance lease right of use assets, net” and “Current portion of finance lease obligations” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

For additional information regarding the Company’s leases, see Note 6 – Leases.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Throughout the year, the Company maintained cash balances that were in excess of their federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Cash flows from the Company’s Canadian and Norwegian subsidiaries are calculated based on their functional currency. As a result, amounts related to changes in assets and liabilities reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows will not necessarily agree to changes in the corresponding balances in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-11

Restricted Cash

Amounts included in restricted cash represent those required to be set aside, under a contractual agreement with a bank, as collateral for certain letters of credit and other general purposes.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18,449	$	27,880
Restricted cash	1,393		—
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows	$	19,842	$	27,880

Foreign Currency

The Company’s functional currency is the United States Dollar (“USD”). The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s Canadian and Norwegian subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Revenues and expenses of the subsidiary have been translated into USD at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the date of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and its Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit).

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business. Accounts receivable are carried at their estimated collectible amount. Trade credit is generally extended on a short-term basis; thus, receivables do not bear interest, although a finance charge may be applied to amounts past due. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses for estimated losses that may result from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Such allowances are based upon several factors including, but not limited to, credit approval practices and industry and customer historical experience, as well as the current and projected financial condition of the specific customer. Accounts receivable outstanding longer than contractual terms are considered past due. The Company writes off accounts receivable to the allowance for credit losses when they become uncollectible. Any payments subsequently received on receivables previously written off are credited to bad debt expense.

The Company had $76.0 million and $81.2 million of “Accounts receivable, net” at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses based on the expected collectability of accounts receivable, which is included in “Accounts receivable, net” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had an allowance for credit losses of $0.7 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Bad debt expense was $0.0 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company derives a significant portion of its revenues from companies in the exploration and production (“E&P”) industry, and its customer base includes a broad range of integrated and independent domestic E&P companies and international E&P companies operating in the markets that the Company serves. While current energy prices are important contributors to positive cash flow for the customers, expectations about future prices and price volatility are generally more important for determining future spending levels. Any prolonged increase or decrease in oil and natural gas prices affects the levels of exploration, development, and production activity as well as the entire health of the oil and natural gas industry and can therefore negatively impact spending by the Company’s customers. No customer accounted for 10% or more of the revenues for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Concentration of Supplier Risk

Purchases during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 did not include purchases from any supplier that individually represented 10% or more of total operating purchases.

F-12

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated under the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Equipment held under finance leases is stated at the present value of its future minimum lease payments and is depreciated under the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized within operating expenses. Normal repair and maintenance costs are charged to operating expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets (defined as property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets) by country as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
United States	$	131,855	$	148,839
International	474		925
	$	132,329	$	149,764

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In performing the review for impairment, future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal are estimated. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. The amount of the impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the Level 3 fair value of the asset. The Level 3 fair value is determined either through the use of an external valuation, or by means of an analysis of discounted future cash flows based on expected utilization. Determining fair value requires the use of estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, weighted average costs of capital, terminal growth rates, future market share, the impact of new product development, and future market conditions, among others. The Company believes that the estimates and assumptions used in impairment assessments are reasonable and appropriate. Impairment losses are reflected in “Income (loss) from operations” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

In the fourth quarter of 2025, due to liquidity constraints and persistent industry headwinds, the Company downwardly revised internal forecasts associated with its tools, cementing, wireline, and coiled tubing asset groups. As a result, the Company evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets (inclusive of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets) associated with these asset groups utilizing undiscounted cash flow projections. These projections were based on historical results and management’s estimates of future market conditions, including input costs and sales prices, current and future strategic and operational plans, and future financial performance, projected through the remaining useful life of the primary asset associated with each asset group. Based on these recoverability tests in the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company determined that the carrying amounts of each asset group was recoverable.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with definite lives include technology, customer relationships, and non-compete agreements. The Level 3 fair value of technology and the Level 3 fair value of customer relationships are estimated using the income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method. The multi-period excess earnings method consists of isolating the cash flows attributed to the intangible asset, which are then discounted to present value to calculate the Level 3 fair value of the intangible asset. The Level 3 fair value of non-compete agreements is estimated using a with and without scenario where cash flows are projected through the term of the non-compete agreement assuming the non-compete agreement is in place and compared to cash flows assuming the non-compete agreement is not in place.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized based on the estimated consumption of the economic benefit over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with definite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company has stock-based compensation plans for certain of its employees. The Company measures employee

F-13

stock-based compensation awards at fair value on the date they are granted to employees and recognizes compensation cost in its financial statements over the requisite service period. As a result of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-09, the Company elected to account for stock-based compensation forfeitures as they occur.

Restricted Stock

Compensation expense is recorded for restricted stock over the applicable vesting period based on the Company’s closing stock price as of the grant date.

Performance Cash Awards

Performance cash awards are recorded at their fair value and expensed over their performance period. Fair value for performance cash awards is measured using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

Options

Options are issued with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded for the fair value of the stock options and is recognized over the period of the underlying security’s vesting schedule. Consideration paid on the exercise of stock options is credited to share capital and additional paid-in capital. For options, fair value of the stock-based compensation is measured by use of the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following discusses the assumptions used related to the Black-Scholes pricing model.

•The expected term of stock options represents the period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the simplified method, which is the weighted average vesting term plus the original contractual term, divided by two.

•Expected volatility measures the amount that a stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. The Company developed its expected volatility based upon a weighted average volatility of its peer group.

•At the time of the issuance of the options, the Company did not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, a zero expected dividend yield was used in the valuation model.

•The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under Accounting Standards Codification 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. The Company records a valuation reserve in each reporting period when management believes that it is more likely than not that any deferred tax asset created will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. If a tax position meets the “more likely than not” recognition criteria, the tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts for financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value, due to the short maturity of such instruments.

For financial assets and liabilities disclosed at fair value, fair value is determined as the exit price, or the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The established fair value hierarchy divides fair value measurement into three levels:

•Level 1 – inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the

F-14

reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date;

•Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

•Level 3 – inputs are unobservable for the asset or liability, which reflect the best judgment of management.

Financial assets and liabilities that are disclosed at fair value are categorized in one of the above three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment.

The fair value of the Company’s debt obligations is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy and is established based on observable inputs in less active markets. For additional information on the fair value of the Company’s debt obligations, see Note 9 – Debt Obligations.

The fair value of the Company’s contingent consideration is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and is established on unobservable markets which reflect the best judgment of management. For additional information on the fair value of the Company’s contingent consideration, see Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period, taking into effect, if any, the exercise of potentially dilutive stock options assumed to be purchased from the proceeds using the average market price of the Company’s stock for each of the periods presented as well as potentially dilutive restricted stock. There was no dilutive effect for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 as the Company was in a net loss position. For additional information on earnings (loss) per share, see Note 14 – Earnings (Loss) Per Share.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments require disclosure of specific categories in the rate reconciliation and provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold and further disaggregation of income taxes paid for individually significant jurisdictions. The Company retrospectively adopted ASU 2023-09 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and the adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s related disclosures within its consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement- Reporting Comprehensive Income- Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, an update which requires additional disclosure of certain expense captions presented on the face of the Company’s income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027, and should be applied on a prospective or retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on the disclosures within its consolidated financial statements.

Any recently issued accounting standards that are not presented above were considered to be not applicable, or not material, to the Company.

3. Revenues

The Company recognizes revenues from the sales of products at a point in time and revenues from the sales of services over time.

F-15

Disaggregation of Revenues

Disaggregated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Cement	$	211,283	$	200,028
Coiled tubing	104,114		110,369
Wireline	115,814		111,341
Service revenues	$	431,211	$	421,738
Tools	$	130,700	$	132,366
Product revenues	$	130,700	$	132,366
Total revenues	$	561,911	$	554,104

Revenue by country, which is determined based on country of origination, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2025				Year Ended December 31, 2024
	Amount		Percentage		Amount		Percentage
	(in thousands, except percentages)
United States	$	550,631	98.0	%	$	545,262	98.4	%
International	11,280		2.0	%	8,842		1.6	%
	$	561,911	100.0	%	$	554,104	100.0	%

Performance Obligations

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the amount of remaining performance obligations was not material.

Contract Balances

At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, contract assets and contract liabilities were not material.

4. Inventories

Inventories, consisting primarily of finished goods and raw materials, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on an average cost basis. The Company reviews its inventory balances and writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or excess inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The reserve for obsolescence was $4.0 million and $5.5 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Inventories, net as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were comprised of the following:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Raw materials	$	33,610	$	28,900
Work in progress	146		148
Finished goods	26,802		27,194
Inventories	60,558		56,242
Reserve for obsolescence	(4,005)		(5,461)
Inventories, net	$	56,553	$	50,781

F-16

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment amounts as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

		December 31,
	Estimated<br>Useful Lives	2025		2024
		(in thousands)
Operating equipment	1 to 12 years	$	321,177	$	315,361
Autos and trucks	1 to 7 years	2,904		3,038
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	1 to 12 years	2,328		2,452
Shop equipment	3 to 15 years	11,639		11,427
Buildings	7 to 39 years	4,775		4,687
Leasehold improvements	3 to 11 years	4,283		4,457
Land	indefinite	3,219		3,202
		350,325		344,624
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(286,059)		(274,106)
Property and equipment, net		$	64,266	$	70,518

Depreciation expense was $23.2 million and $25.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Capital expenditures was $17.8 million and $14.6 million for years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

6. Leases

Under ASC 842, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Leases with an initial term greater than 12 months are recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets based on lease classification as either operating or financing. Some of the Company’s lease agreements include lease and non-lease components for which the Company has elected to not separate for all classes of underlying assets. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The Company may sublease its real estate to third parties, subject to certain provisions of the lease, when it has no future use for the property.

Operating Leases

As a lessee, the Company’s operating lease portfolio primarily consists of operating leases for equipment, vehicles, office space, yard facilities, and employee housing. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease obligations are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments at commencement date. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit borrowing rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the lease information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The incremental borrowing rate utilized is based upon the interest rate associated with the Company’s Prepetition ABL Facility (as defined in Note 9 – Debt Obligations) which is utilized to fund its working capital needs and planned capital expenditures. The Company’s leases have remaining terms of one to ten years and may include options to extend or terminate the lease. The operating lease ROU assets also include any upfront lease payments made and exclude lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred.

The Company leases most of these properties under long-term (greater than one year) non-cancelable term leases many of which contain renewal options that can extend the lease term from one to five years and some of which contain escalation clauses. The Company may also enter into short-term or month-to-month operating leases. Options to renew these leases are generally not considered reasonably certain to be exercised due to the nature of the Company’s operations and the markets it serves. Therefore, the periods covered by such optional periods are not included in the determination of the term of the lease.

The Company also leases supplemental equipment, typically under cancellable short-term contracts which are less than 30 days. This equipment is typically required for a specific project and for a short duration. Due to the nature of the Company’s operations, any option to renew these short-term leases is generally not considered reasonably certain to be exercised. Therefore, the periods covered by such optional periods are not included in the determination of the term of the lease, and the lease payments during these periods are similarly excluded from the calculation of operating lease asset and lease obligation balances.

F-17

Operating lease expense consists of rent expense related to leases that were included in ROU assets under ASC 842. The Company recognizes operating lease expense on a straight-line basis, except for certain variable expenses that are recognized when the variability is resolved, typically during the period in which they are paid. Variable operating lease payments typically include charges for property taxes and insurance, and some leases contain variable payments related to non-lease components, including common area maintenance and usage of facilities or office equipment (for example, copiers). The Company does not have variable expenses.

Additional Information

The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s lease expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Operating lease expense
Operating lease right of use assets	$	15,212	$	13,256
Operating lease non right of use assets	4,750		2,856
Total operating lease expense	$	19,962	$	16,112
Finance lease expense
Depreciation of right of use assets	$	15	$	26
Interest on lease obligations	16		27
Total finance lease expense	$	31	$	53

Operating lease expense is included in the line items “Cost of revenues” and “General and administrative expenses”, depending on the nature of the lease, in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Supplemental information related to leases was as follows as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	December 31,
	2025	2024
Operating leases
Weighted average remaining lease term in years	2.8	3.6
Weighted average discount rate	6.4%	6.0%
Finance leases
Weighted average remaining lease term in years	0.3	0.7
Weighted average discount rate	82.5%	91.7%

F-18

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows as of December 31, 2025 and 2024:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Operating lease right of use assets
Operating lease right of use assets, gross	$	78,567	$	70,226
Less: Accumulated amortization	(44,462)		(32,974)
Operating lease right of use assets, net	$	34,105	$	37,252
Operating lease obligations
Current portion of operating lease obligations	$	13,409	$	11,216
Long-term operating lease obligations	21,352		26,710
Total operating lease obligations	$	34,761	$	37,926
Finance lease right of use assets
Finance lease right of use assets, gross	$	26	$	39
Less: Accumulated depreciation	(10)		(10)
Finance lease right of use assets, net	$	16	$	29
Finance lease obligations
Current portion of finance lease obligations	$	6	$	21
Long-term finance lease obligations	—		—
Total finance lease obligations	$	6	$	21

Future annual minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2025 were as follows:

	Operating Lease Right of Use Obligations		Finance Leases		Total
	(in thousands)
2026	$	15,148	$	7	$	15,155
2027	12,233		—		12,233
2028	7,839		—		7,839
2029	2,229		—		2,229
2030	314		—		314
Thereafter	65		—		65
Total lease payments	$	37,828	$	7	$	37,835
Less: present value discount	(3,067)		(1)		(3,068)
Present value of lease obligations	$	34,761	$	6	$	34,767

F-19

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease obligations:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	15,130	$	13,080
Operating cash flows from finance leases	$	15	$	26
Financing cash flows from finance leases	$	33	$	49
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases	$	9,834	$	6,307
Finance leases	$	26	$	39

7. Intangible Assets

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	December 31, 2025
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period in Years
	(in thousands, except weighted average amortization period information)
Customer relationships	$	63,270	$	(58,178)	$	5,092	1.8
Technology	125,110		(62,139)		62,971		7.8
Total	$	188,380	$	(120,317)	$	68,063
	December 31, 2024
---	---	---	---	---	---	---	---
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Amortization Period in Years
	(in thousands, except weighted average amortization period information)
Customer relationships	$	63,270	$	(55,400)	$	7,870	2.8
Technology	125,110		(53,734)		71,376		8.8
Total	$	188,380	$	(109,134)	$	79,246

Amortization of Intangibles

Amortization of intangibles was $11.2 million for both the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Future estimated amortization of intangibles is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,	(in thousands)
2026	$	11,082
2027	10,315
2028	8,000
2029	8,000
2030	8,000
Thereafter	22,666
	$	68,063

F-20

8. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Accrued interest	$	16,775	$	16,960
Accrued compensation and benefits	5,021		6,287
Accrued bonus	1,853		1,016
Accrued legal fees and settlements	418		256
Other accrued expenses	3,697		6,157
Accrued expenses	$	27,764	$	30,676

9. Debt Obligations

The Company’s debt obligations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
2028 Notes	$	300,000	$	300,000
Prepetition ABL Facility	63,311		—
2018 ABL Credit Facility	—		47,000
Short-term debt (1)	6,310		3,580
Total debt before deferred financing costs	$	369,621	$	350,580
Deferred financing costs	(21,739)		(29,736)
Total debt	$	347,882	$	320,844
Less: Current portion of long-term debt	(6,310)		(3,580)
Long-term debt	$	341,572	$	317,264

(1)    The weighted average interest rate of short-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, was 7.2% and 7.9%.

Units Offering and 2028 Notes

Units

On January 30, 2023, the Company completed its public offering of 300,000 units with an aggregate stated amount of $300.0 million (the “Units”). Each Unit consisted of $1,000 principal amount of the Company’s 2028 Notes and five shares of common stock of the Company. The Company received proceeds of $279.8 million from the Units offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commission, which was used to fund a portion of the redemption price of previously issued debt. These proceeds were allocated to the 2028 Notes and the common stock based on their relative fair value at the time of issuance. Each Unit separated into its constituent securities (the 2028 Notes and shares of common stock) automatically on October 27, 2023.

In the first quarter of 2023, the Company recorded approximately $41.7 million of deferred financing costs in connection with the Units offering. These costs are direct deductions from the carrying amount of the 2028 Notes and are being amortized through interest expense through the maturity date of the 2028 Notes using the effective interest method. The unamortized portion of these deferred financing costs was $21.7 million at December 31, 2025.

2028 Notes

On January 30, 2023, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an indenture, dated as of January 30, 2023 (the “2028 Notes Indenture”), with U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as the trustee and as notes collateral agent, pursuant to which the 2028 Notes were issued. The 2028 Notes will mature on February 1, 2028 and bear interest at an

F-21

annual rate of 13.000% payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on each of February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2023. The 2028 Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Company’s current domestic subsidiaries and will be so guaranteed by certain future subsidiaries, in each case, subject to agreed guaranty and security principles and certain exclusions.

Prior to February 1, 2026, the Company was permitted to redeem, on any one or more occasions, all or a part of the 2028 Notes at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes redeemed, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. In addition, prior to February 1, 2026, the Company was permitted to redeem, from time to time, up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes with an amount of cash not greater than the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 113.0% of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption, provided that at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes originally issued under the 2028 Notes Indenture on January 30, 2023 remains outstanding immediately after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 180 days of the closing date of such equity offering. Also, prior to February 1, 2026, the Company was permitted to redeem during each 12-month period beginning on January 30, 2023, up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes outstanding at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2028 Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

On and after February 1, 2026, the Company may redeem the 2028 Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2028 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of redemption, if redeemed during the periods indicated:

	Redemption Price
February 1, 2026 to January 31, 2027	106.500	%
February 1, 2027 to October 31, 2027	103.250	%
November 1, 2027 and thereafter	100.000	%

On each May 15 and November 14, commencing November 14, 2023 (each, an “Excess Cash Flow Offer Date”), the Company is required to make an offer (an “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to all holders of the 2028 Notes and, if required by the terms of any Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness (as defined in the 2028 Notes Indenture), to any holders of any Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness to purchase, prepay or redeem, together on a pro-rata basis, the maximum principal amount of the 2028 Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest (including additional interest, if any) on the 2028 Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed using an amount of cash equal to the Excess Cash Flow Amount (as defined in the 2028 Notes Indenture and which is 75.0% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the 2028 Notes Indenture), as determined immediately prior to the Excess Cash Flow Offer Date), if any, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the 2028 Notes Indenture. The offer price in any such offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2028 Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness (or, in respect of any such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of holders of the 2028 Notes or any such Pari Passu Notes Lien Indebtedness on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, and will be payable in cash.

If the Company experiences certain changes of control, each holder of 2028 Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of its 2028 Notes for cash at a price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of such 2028 Notes, plus any accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

The 2028 Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends or make other distributions of capital stock; (iii) prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt; (iv) issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities, (v) make loans and investments; (vi) sell assets; (vii) incur liens; (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates; (ix) enter into agreements restricting its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; or (x) consolidate, merge, or sell all or substantially all of its assets. The Company was in compliance with the provision of the 2028 Notes Indenture at December 31, 2025.

Upon an event of default, the trustee of the 2028 Notes or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding 2028 Notes may declare the 2028 Notes immediately due and payable, except that a default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any significant subsidiary, or any group of restricted

F-22

subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a significant subsidiary, such as the Chapter 11 Cases, will automatically cause all outstanding 2028 Notes to become due and payable. Although the 2028 Notes became due and payable as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, any efforts to enforce such payment obligations are automatically stayed as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, and the noteholders’ rights of enforcement in respect of the 2028 Notes are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

2018 ABL Credit Facility

On October 25, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2018 ABL Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and as an issuing lender, and certain other financial institutions party thereto as lenders and issuing lenders. The 2018 ABL Credit Agreement permitted aggregate borrowings of up to $200.0 million, subject to a borrowing base, including a Canadian tranche with a sub-limit of up to $25.0 million and a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit (the “2018 ABL Credit Facility”). Pursuant to the 2018 ABL Credit Agreement, loans to the Company and its domestic related subsidiaries (the “U.S. Credit Parties”) under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility were base rate loans or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) loans; and loans to Nine Energy Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Alberta, Canada, and its restricted subsidiaries (the “Canadian Credit Parties”) under the Canadian tranche were Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (“CDOR”) loans or Canadian prime rate loans.

On January 17, 2023, the Company entered into the First Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “First ABL Facility Amendment”) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lender parties thereto, which became effective on January 30, 2023. Pursuant to the First ABL Facility Amendment, the maturity date of the 2018 ABL Credit Facility was extended from October 25, 2023 to January 29, 2027. In addition, the First ABL Facility Amendment, among other changes, revised the terms of the 2018 ABL Credit Facility as follows: (a) decreased the size of the 2018 ABL Credit Facility from $200.0 million to $150.0 million, subject to the borrowing base (the “Loan Limit”), (b) changed the interest rate benchmark from LIBOR to Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate with a 10 basis point spread adjustment and increased pricing from the existing range of 1.75% to 2.25% to a range of 2.00% to 2.50%, in each case depending on the Company’s leverage ratio, (c) modified the financial covenant, enhanced reporting and cash dominion triggers in the 2018 ABL Credit Facility from the existing minimum availability threshold of the greater of $18.75 million and 12.5% of the Loan Limit to a minimum availability threshold of (i) $12.5 million from January 30, 2023 until May 31, 2023 and (ii) the greater of $17.5 million and 12.5% of the Loan Limit thereafter, (d) decreased the Canadian tranche sub-limit from $25.0 million to $5.0 million, (e) decreased the letter of credit sub-limit from $50.0 million to $10.0 million and (f) made satisfaction of the Payment Conditions (as defined in the First ABL Facility Amendment) a condition to an Excess Cash Flow Offer in addition to a condition to voluntary payments of the 2028 Notes. The Payment Conditions in summary are (A) no default or event of default on a pro forma basis and (B) immediately after and at all times during the 30 days prior, on a pro forma basis, (1) (x) availability under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility shall not be less than the greater of 15% of the Loan Limit and $22.5 million and (y) the fixed charge coverage ratio shall be at least 1.00 to 1.00 or (2) availability under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility shall not be less than the greater of 20% of the Loan Limit and $30.0 million.

On June 7, 2024, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (together with the First ABL Facility Amendment, the “2018 ABL Facility Amendments”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lender parties thereto, to change the interest rate benchmark for borrowings denominated in Canadian dollars from CDOR to a rate based on the Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (CORRA), effective as of June 14, 2024.

The 2018 ABL Credit Agreement, as amended by the 2018 ABL Facility Amendments (the “Amended 2018 ABL Credit Agreement”), contained customary representations and warranties, events of default, and various affirmative and negative covenants, including financial reporting requirements and limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments, investments (including acquisitions), and transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Amended 2018 ABL Credit Agreement contained a financial covenant requiring a minimum fixed charge ratio of 1.00 to 1.00 that was tested quarterly when (a) the availability under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility drops below (i) at any time on or before May 31, 2023, $12.5 million and (ii) at any time thereafter, the greater of $17.5 million and 12.5% of the Loan Limit or (b) a default has occurred. This financial covenant applied until the availability exceeded the applicable threshold for 30 consecutive days and no default was ongoing.

Pursuant to the Amended 2018 ABL Credit Agreement, all of the obligations under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility were secured by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all of the personal property of U.S. Credit Parties, excluding certain assets. The obligations under the Canadian tranche were further secured by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all of the personal property of Canadian Credit Parties, excluding certain assets.

As further described below, on May 1, 2025, the Company repaid all borrowings outstanding under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility and terminated the Amended 2018 ABL Credit Agreement.

F-23

Prepetition ABL Facility

On May 1, 2025, the Company entered into the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement with White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent, and the lenders from time to time party thereto. The Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement provides for an asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Prepetition ABL Facility”) with lender commitments of $125.0 million (the “Prepetition Maximum Revolving Facility Amount”) and a sub-limit of $5.0 million for letters of credit, which will mature on the earlier of (i) May 1, 2028 and (ii) the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the 2028 Notes. The outstanding balance of the borrowings under the Prepetition ABL Facility may not exceed in the aggregate at any time the lesser of (a) the Prepetition Maximum Revolving Facility Amount reduced by certain customary reserves and (b) the borrowing base, which is calculated on the basis of eligible accounts and inventory. The Prepetition Maximum Revolving Facility Amount could increase from time to time pursuant to an uncommitted accordion by an aggregate amount for all such increases not to exceed $50.0 million. Borrowings under the Prepetition ABL Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the term-specific Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) for an interest period of one month, subject to a 1.50% floor, plus an applicable margin of 4.00% to 4.50%, depending on the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio.

On May 1, 2025, the Company borrowed approximately $48.9 million under the Prepetition ABL Facility and used such proceeds to repay all borrowings outstanding under the 2018 ABL Credit Facility and pay fees and expenses associated with the entry into the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement. The Prepetition ABL Facility refinanced and replaced the 2018 ABL Credit Facility.

The Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, events of default, and various affirmative and negative covenants, including financial reporting requirements and limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments and investments (including acquisitions). In addition, the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement contains a financial covenant requiring a minimum fixed charge ratio of 1.10 to 1.00 that is tested quarterly when the availability under the Prepetition ABL Facility is less than $10.0 million. This financial covenant applies until the availability exceeds such threshold for 30 consecutive days. The Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement at December 31, 2025.

The Company’s obligations under the Prepetition ABL Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and all of its current domestic and Canadian subsidiaries.

At December 31, 2025, the Company had $63.3 million outstanding borrowings under the Prepetition ABL Facility, and its availability under the Prepetition ABL Facility was approximately $21.0 million. On January 27, 2026, the Company borrowed an additional $3.0 million under the Prepetition ABL Facility.

DIP ABL Facility

On February 3, 2026, the Bankruptcy Court, on an interim basis, approved the DIP ABL Facility and the Company Parties entered into the DIP Loan and Security Agreement with the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders, which provides the Company Parties with a senior secured super-priority-asset-based debtor-in-possession credit facility consisting of up to $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount (the “DIP Maximum Revolving Facility Amount”) of revolving credit commitments, including a roll-up or refinancing of all obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement (which totaled approximately $67.3 million as of February 3, 2026). A portion of the DIP ABL Facility, not in excess of $5.0 million is available for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Subsequent to February 3, 2026, the Company borrowed an additional $12.1 million under the DIP ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility are subject to a borrowing base. The outstanding balance of the borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility may not exceed in the aggregate at any time the lesser of (i) the DIP Maximum Revolving Facility Amount reduced by certain customary reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, which is calculated on the basis of eligible accounts and inventory. In particular, the borrowing base is equal to: (a) 92.5% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian billed accounts receivable, plus (b) the lesser of (x) 85% of the aggregate amount of eligible U.S. and Canadian unbilled accounts receivable and (y) $6 million, plus (c) the lesser of (x) 50% of the aggregate amount of eligible billed non-U.S. and non-Canadian accounts receivable and (y) $3 million, plus (d) the lower of cost or market value of eligible inventory, multiplied by the lesser of (x) 70% and (y) 85% of the appraised net orderly liquidation value divided by the book value in respect of such inventory, and, in the case of inventory constituting raw materials, not to exceed a maximum sublimit of $1 million, plus (e) the lesser of (x) $10 million and (y) an amount equal to 10% of the borrowing base, minus (f) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by the DIP Agent.

F-24

Borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the term-specific SOFR for an interest period of one month, subject to a 1.50% floor, plus an applicable margin of 4.00%.

The maturity date of the DIP ABL Facility is the earlier of the Plan Effective Date and 120 days after the Petition Date, subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the DIP Loan and Security Agreement. The proceeds of the DIP ABL Facility are used for (i) working capital and corporate purposes of the Company Parties, (ii) bankruptcy-related costs and expenses in respect of the Chapter 11 Cases, (iii) costs and expenses related to the DIP ABL Facility, and (iv) refinancing of obligations under the Prepetition ABL Loan and Security Agreement.

The DIP Loan and Security Agreement contains certain representations and warranties, events of default, and various affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for debtor-in-possession loan agreements of this type, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of assets, dividends and other restricted payments and investments (including acquisitions). In addition, the DIP Loan and Security Agreement contains certain financial covenants, including a minimum excess availability of not less than $5.0 million.

The Company’s obligations under the DIP ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and all of its current domestic and Canadian subsidiaries, subject to, among other things, customary bankruptcy-related exceptions including certain carve-outs for administrative and professional fee payments arising in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases.

At March 2, 2026, the Company had $82.6 million outstanding borrowings under the DIP ABL Facility, and its availability under the DIP ABL Facility was approximately $5.5 million.

Short-Term Debt

From time to time, the Company renews certain insurance policies and finances the premium for its excess policy. The outstanding balance on these premiums was $6.3 million and $3.6 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Fair Value of Debt Instruments

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt obligations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
2028 Notes	$	91,010	$	197,283
Prepetition ABL Facility	$	63,311	$	—
2018 ABL Credit Facility	$	—	$	47,000
Short-term debt	$	6,310	$	3,580

The fair value of the 2028 Notes, Prepetition ABL Facility, 2018 ABL Credit Facility, and short-term debt is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the 2028 Notes is established based on observable inputs in less active markets. The fair value of the Prepetition ABL Facility, 2018 ABL Credit Facility, and short-term debt approximates their carrying value.

10. Defined Contribution Plans

Background

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan, the Nine Energy Service 401(k) Plan (the “Nine Plan”), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for all qualified employees.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not match employee contributions.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, employee contributions were matched by the Company at 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the remaining up to 5% of the participant’s eligible compensation.

Contributions

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company made no employer contributions under the Nine Plan.

F-25

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company made contributions of $2.1 million under the Nine Plan.

11. Stock-based Compensation

Stock Options

Information about stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

2025 Activity	Number of<br>Shares in<br>Underlying<br>Options	Weighted<br>Average<br>Exercise Price		Remaining<br>Weighted Average<br>Contractual Life<br>in Years	Intrinsic Value
					(in thousands)
Beginning balance	483,934	$	33.32	1.4	$	—
Granted	—	—		—	—
Exercised	—	—		—	—
Forfeited	—	—		—	—
Expired	(264,054)	37.18		—	—
Total outstanding	219,880	$	28.69	1.1	$	—
Options exercisable	219,880	$	28.69	1.1	$	—
2024 Activity	Number of<br>Shares in<br>Underlying<br>Options	Weighted<br>Average<br>Exercise Price		Remaining<br>Weighted Average<br>Contractual Life<br>in Years	Intrinsic Value
---	---	---	---	---	---	---
					(in thousands)
Beginning balance	535,491	$	34.51	2.2	$	—
Granted	—	—		—	—
Exercised	—	—		—	—
Forfeited	—	—		—	—
Expired	(51,557)	45.67		—	—
Total outstanding	483,934	$	33.32	1.4	$	—
Options exercisable	483,934	$	33.32	1.4	$	—

The intrinsic value at December 31, 2025 and 2024 is the amount by which the fair value of the underlying share exceeds the exercise price of an option as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company granted no options in 2025 and 2024.

There was no compensation expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. As of December 31, 2025, there is no remaining compensation expense related to options for the Company to expense. Future stock option grants will result in additional compensation expense.

F-26

Restricted Stock

Information about restricted stock activity during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

2025 Activity	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2025	2,244,029	$	2.40
Granted	1,066,261	0.70
Vested	(1,201,425)	2.42
Forfeited	(88,565)	1.23
Nonvested at December 31, 2025	2,020,300	$	1.54		2024 Activity	Number of Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
---	---	---	---
Nonvested at January 1, 2024	1,474,544	$	2.92
Granted	1,658,780	2.08
Vested	(874,133)	2.67
Forfeited	(15,162)	2.66
Nonvested at December 31, 2024	2,244,029	$	2.40

The total amount of compensation expense recorded related to the restricted stock was approximately $2.2 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the Company expects to record compensation expense related to restricted stock of approximately $1.9 million over the remaining term of approximately 1.5 years. Future restricted stock grants would result in additional compensation expense.

Performance Cash Awards

In May 2022 and May 2023, the Company granted performance cash awards (the “PCAs”) that vest based upon the Company’s achievement of certain criteria related to its relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) in comparison to TSR of members of its peer group (the “Peer Group”), as defined by the PCA grant. These awards, which the Company granted at a target achievement amount, are subject to three individual year-long performance periods (the “Performance Periods”), and payment related to each Performance Period can range from 0% to 200% of the target amount for that Performance Period.

The PCAs were valued on the date of grant based on the estimated fair value, which was based on numerous assumptions including the likelihood of the Company’s stock price performance achieving targeted thresholds, using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The assumptions used to value the awards included the historical volatility of the Company as well as the volatility of its Peer Group and the risk-free rate, which was derived using the U.S. Treasury security rates.

Under the relevant liability accounting, the Level 3 fair value of the unvested PCAs is remeasured at the end of each reporting period and was approximately $0.0 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following information is related to the Company’s May 2023 grant of PCAs at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

	December 31, 2025		December 31, 2024
Volatility for remeasurement	129.57	%	86.35	%
Risk-free rate	4.03	%	4.15	%

F-27

The following information is related to the Company’s May 2022 grant of PCAs at December 31, 2024 as they had finished their term at December 31, 2025.

	December 31, 2024
Volatility for remeasurement	109.01	%
Risk-free rate	4.28	%

Income related to performance cash was $0.6 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, there was $0.0 million of remaining compensation expense related to performance cash for the Company to expense. Future PCA grants will result in additional compensation expense.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company records accruals related to litigation and other legal proceedings when they are either known or considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. Legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties, and significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. Some of these uncertainties include the stage of litigation, available facts, uncertainty as to the outcome of any legal proceedings or settlement discussions, and any novel legal issues presented. Because of such uncertainties, accruals are based on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, the Company reassesses the potential liability related to pending litigation. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded a $0.4 million and a $0.3 million accrual, respectively, for liabilities related to legal matters, which is included under the caption “Accrued expenses” in its Consolidated Balance Sheets.

From time to time, the Company has various claims, lawsuits, and administrative proceedings that are pending or threatened with respect to personal injury, workers’ compensation, contractual matters, and other matters. Although no assurance can be given with respect to the outcome of these claims, lawsuits, or proceedings or the effect such outcomes may have, the Company believes any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such claims, lawsuits, or administrative proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided for or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, or financial condition.

On April 18, 2020, the Company was named as a defendant in a patent infringement lawsuit regarding its Breakthru Casing Flotation Device. On January 18, 2022, the Company received an adverse judgment in this matter. The Company has posted a $2.4 million letter of credit representing the judgment amount and accrued royalties from the judgment date through December 31, 2025. While the Company believes it is probable that it will prevail on appeal resulting in no liability, in the event the Company does not prevail on appeal, the Company will be liable for the aggregate letter of credit posted through the date of appeal plus any future royalties awarded.

However, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the Company is unable to determine the exact amount of any potential loss at this time, and thus, no accrual has been made for this matter in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company will continue to monitor the progress of this litigation and will adjust its accrual as necessary if and when additional information becomes available.

Self-insurance

The Company uses a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance for health insurance claims. The self-insured liability represents an estimate of the undiscounted ultimate cost of uninsured claims incurred as of the balance sheet date. The estimate is based on an analysis of trailing months of incurred medical claims to project the amount of incurred but not reported claims liability. The estimated liability for self-insured medical claims was $2.0 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and is included under the caption “Accrued expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Although the Company does not expect the amounts ultimately paid to differ significantly from the estimates, the self-insurance liability could be affected if future claims experience differs significantly from historical trends and actuarial assumptions.

F-28

Contingent Liabilities

On October 1, 2018, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Securities Purchase Agreement (“the Frac Tech Purchase Agreement”), the Company acquired Frac Technology AS, a Norwegian private limited company (“Frac Tech”) focused on the development of downhole technology, including a casing flotation tool and a number of patented downhole completion tools. The Frac Tech Purchase Agreement, as amended, includes, among other things, the potential for additional future payments, based on certain Frac Tech revenue metrics through December 31, 2025 (the “Frac Tech Earnout”).

The Company’s contingent liability (Level 3) associated with the Frac Tech Earnout (in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	Frac Tech
	(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	1,219
Payments	(604)
Revaluation adjustments	104
Balance at December 31, 2024	$	719
Payments	(748)
Revaluation adjustments	217
Balance at December 31, 2025	$	188

All contingent liabilities that relate to contingent consideration are reported at fair value, based on a Monte Carlo simulation model. Significant inputs used in the fair value measurement include forecasted sales of the plugs, terms of the agreement, a risk-adjusted discount factor (ranging from 3.9% to 4.0%), and a credit-adjusted rate (ranging from 11.7% to 11.8%). Contingent liabilities include $0.2 million and $0.6 million reported in “Accrued expenses” at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $0.0 million and $0.1 million reported in “Other long-term liabilities” at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The impact of the revaluation adjustments is included in “Income (loss) from operations” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

13. Taxes

Income before taxes subject to U.S. and foreign income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
United States	$	(50,797)	$	(40,434)
Foreign	(696)		(450)
	$	(51,493)	$	(40,884)

F-29

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Current
U.S. federal	$	(499)	$	(69)
U.S. state	343		219
Foreign	(15)		48
Total current provision (benefit)	$	(171)	$	198
Deferred
U.S. federal	$	—	$	—
U.S. state	—		—
Foreign	—		—
Total deferred provision (benefit)	—		—
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	(171)	$	198

The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 differed from the provision (benefit) calculated using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025				2024
	(in thousands, except for percentages)
U.S. federal statutory tax rate	$	(10,813)	21.0	%	$	(8,586)	21.0	%
State and local income tax, net of federal income tax effects (1)	271		(0.5)	%	274		(0.7)	%
Foreign tax effects (2)	131		(0.3)	%	142		(0.3)	%
Effect of cross-border tax laws (3)	30		(0.1)	%	47		(0.1)	%
Valuation allowances	8,064		(15.7)	%	7,800		(19.1)	%
Nontaxable or nondeductible items
Non-cash compensation	1,179		(2.3)	%	(36)		0.1	%
Disallowed executive compensation	897		(1.7)	%	160		(0.4)	%
Meals and entertainment	577		(1.1)	%	574		(1.4)	%
Other	1		—	%	1		—	%
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits	—		—	%	(170)		0.4	%
Other adjustments	(508)		1.0	%	(8)		—	%
Effective tax rate	$	(171)	0.3	%	$	198	(0.5)	%

(1)     State taxes in Texas contributed to the majority of the tax effect in this category.

(2)     Foreign valuation allowance and currency translation adjustments contributed to the majority of the tax effect in this category.

(3)     Global intangible low-taxed income contributed to the majority of the tax effect in this category.

F-30

The tax effects of the cumulative temporary differences resulting in the net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

	December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Deferred income tax assets:
Inventories	$	1,343	$	1,727
Goodwill and intangible assets	52,776		59,790
Deferred tax benefit from net losses	103,659		92,190
Stock-based compensation and cash award expense	1,383		2,601
Tax credit carryforwards	640		646
Accrued expenses	841		736
Interest carryover	28,061		27,075
Lease liability	7,712		8,348
Other	1,888		581
Total deferred income tax assets	198,303		193,694
Less: Valuation allowance	(184,062)		(174,853)
Net deferred income tax assets	$	14,241	$	18,841
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	$	(6,679)	$	(10,641)
ROU asset	(7,562)		(8,200)
Total deferred income tax liabilities	(14,241)		(18,841)
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)	$	—	$	—

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $566.3 million. The federal NOLs related to tax years 2017 and prior can be used for a 20-year period and, if unused, will begin to expire in 2034. The state NOLs can be used from 7 to 20 years and vary by state. A small portion of state NOLs expired in 2025.

The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis to determine whether a valuation allowance is required. The Company assesses whether a valuation allowance should be established based on its determination of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible and prior to the expiration of its NOL and tax credit carryforwards. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Due to recent operating results, the Company continues to be in a three-year cumulative loss position for the year ended December 31, 2025. According to ASC 740, cumulative losses in recent years represent significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable. As a result, the Company continues to record a valuation allowance against its U.S. domestic and Canadian deferred tax assets. The 2025 results include an increase in the Company’s valuation allowance of approximately $9.2 million. If the Company is able to generate sufficient taxable income in the future, and it becomes more likely than not that the Company will be able to fully utilize the net deferred tax assets on which a valuation allowance was recorded, the allowance will be released resulting in a tax benefit.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. The earliest period the Company is subject to examination of federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service is 2022. The state income tax returns and other state tax filings of the Company are subject to examination by the state taxing authorities for various periods, generally up to four years after they are filed.

F-31

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with guidance in ASC 740, which prescribes the minimum recognition threshold a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions was as follows:

	(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2023	$	544
Change in prior year tax positions	(69)
Change in current year tax positions	—
Settlements with taxing authorities	(374)
Lapse of statute of limitations	(101)
Balance at December 31, 2024	$	—
Change in prior year tax positions	—
Change in current year tax positions	—
Settlements with taxing authorities	—
Lapse of statute of limitations	—
Balance at December 31, 2025	$	—

During 2024, the Company released its $0.5 million reserve for uncertain tax positions due to settlement of positions with taxing authorities and a lapse of statute of limitations on previously reserved uncertain tax positions.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for income taxes in its Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2025, no interest and penalties have been accrued.

The breakout of federal, state, and foreign income taxes paid, net of refunds received for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024
	(in thousands)
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received
Federal	$	(1,184)	$	—
Texas	335		460
Other state	—		(4)
Norway	—		69
Total income taxes paid, net of refunds received	$	(849)	$	525

14. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period, including the dilutive effect of equity awards.

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock was computed as follows:

	Year Ended December 31, 2025
	Net Loss		Average Shares Outstanding	Loss Per Share
	(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic	$	(51,322)	40,917,960	$	(1.25)
Unvested restricted stock	—		—	—
Diluted	$	(51,322)	40,917,960	$	(1.25)

F-32

	Year Ended December 31, 2024
	Net Loss		Average Shares Outstanding	Loss Per Share
	(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic	$	(41,082)	37,172,635	$	(1.11)
Unvested restricted stock	—		—	—
Diluted	$	(41,082)	37,172,635	$	(1.11)

The diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation excludes all stock options and unvested restricted stock for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive given the Company was in a net loss position. The average number of securities that were excluded from diluted earnings (loss) per share that would potentially dilute earnings (loss) per share for the periods in which the Company experienced a net loss were as follows:

	2025	2024
Year ended December 31,	221,448	260,447

15. Related Party Transactions

The Company leases office space, yard facilities, and equipment and purchases building maintenance and repair services from entities owned by David Crombie, an executive officer of the Company. Total lease expense and building maintenance and repair expense associated with these entities was $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company also purchased $3.7 million and $3.0 million of products and services for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, from an entity in which Mr. Crombie is a limited partner. There were outstanding payables due to these entities associated with Mr. Crombie of $0.1 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Ann G. Fox, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company, is a director of Devon Energy Corporation (“Devon”). The Company generated revenue from Devon of $2.3 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. There were outstanding receivables due from Devon of $0.1 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company provides products and services to Crescent Energy Company (“Crescent”), where one of the Company’s directors serves as the Chief Operating Officer. The Company generated revenue from Crescent of $7.4 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. There were outstanding receivables due from Crescent of $0.3 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

16. Segment Information

The Company operates as one reportable segment, known as Completions Solutions. The Completions Solutions segment provides services and products integral to the completion of unconventional wells through a full range of tools and methodologies. These services and products are similar in purpose and end use by focusing on preparing and enabling a well to produce oil and gas and must be completed in order for a well to begin producing hydrocarbons. These services are also impacted by similar economic drivers, such as current and future expectations of oil and natural gas prices and hydrocarbon demand, and are complementary in nature in the successful completion phase of a well.

The Company evaluates the performance of the Completions Solutions segment based on consolidated net income (loss). Consolidated net income (loss) is determined in accordance with the measurement principles most consistent with consolidated financial statements and is representative of the manner in which the Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) and its board of directors view the business, manage liquidity, allocate capital resources, and make operational decisions for the Company. The CODM also uses consolidated net income (loss) to monitor budget versus actual results, perform variance analysis of current results to prior period results, and forecast future performance. The Company considers the CODM to be its Chief Executive Officer. The reported segment revenue, segment profit or loss, significant segment expenses, and other segment items (gain or loss on revaluation of contingent liability, gain or loss on sale of property and equipment, interest income, and other income) are the same as the consolidated results disclosed on the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The CODM reviews total assets on a consolidated basis as disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and capital expenditures on a consolidated basis as disclosed within Note 5 – Property and Equipment.

F-33

17. ATM Program

On November 6, 2023, the Company entered into an equity distribution agreement (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”) with Piper Sandler & Co. (the “ATM Agent”). Pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement, the Company was able to sell, from time to time, shares of common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $30.0 million through the ATM Agent acting as the Company’s sales agent. The ATM Agent received a commission equal to 3.0% of the gross sale price of any shares sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement.

Under the Equity Distribution Agreement, the Company set the parameters for the sale of the shares thereunder, including the number of shares to be sold, the time period during which sales are requested to be made and any price below which sales may not be made. During the year ended December 31, 2025, no shares were sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2024, 5,380,164 shares were sold under the Equity Distribution Agreement, which generated net proceeds to the Company of $8.2 million after deducting commissions of $0.3 million. The Company may no longer sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement.

F-34

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2025. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2025.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and effected by our board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

As of December 31, 2025, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment using the criteria established by COSO, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on page F-1 of this Annual Report and which is included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarterly period ended December 31, 2025 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

None.

Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required in response to this Item will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

In the event such definitive proxy statement is not filed with the SEC in the 120-day period after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, we will include the information called for by this Item in an amendment to this Annual Report that we will file not later than the end of such 120-day period.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

The information required in response to this Item will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

In the event such definitive proxy statement is not filed with the SEC in the 120-day period after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, we will include the information called for by this Item in an amendment to this Annual Report that we will file not later than the end of such 120-day period.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required in response to this Item will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

In the event such definitive proxy statement is not filed with the SEC in the 120-day period after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, we will include the information called for by this Item in an amendment to this Annual Report that we will file not later than the end of such 120-day period.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required in response to this Item will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

In the event such definitive proxy statement is not filed with the SEC in the 120-day period after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, we will include the information called for by this Item in an amendment to this Annual Report that we will file not later than the end of such 120-day period.

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required in response to this Item will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2026 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

In the event such definitive proxy statement is not filed with the SEC in the 120-day period after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, we will include the information called for by this Item in an amendment to this Annual Report that we will file not later than the end of such 120-day period.

Item 15.     Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents Filed as Part of This Annual Report

1. Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are filed as a part of this Annual Report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

3. Exhibits

The exhibits to this Annual Report required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) are listed below.

Exhibit<br>Number	Description
2.1*	Amended Joint Prepackaged Plan of Reorganization of Nine Energy Service, Inc. and Its Debtor Affiliates Pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
3.1	Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nine Energy Service, Inc., dated January 23, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2018).
3.2	Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of Nine Energy Service, Inc., dated January 23, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2018).
4.1	Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 24, 2017).
4.2	Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and the parties thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 24, 2017).
4.3	First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2017, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and the parties thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 14, 2017).
4.4	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2018, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., the former owners of the equity interests of Magnum Oil Tools International, LTD, Magnum Oil Tools Canada Ltd. and Magnum Oil Tools GP, LLC and the other holders that may become party thereto from time to time (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2018).
4.5	Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2023, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee and as notes collateral agent (including Form of Note) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2023).
4.6	Description of Common Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2020).
10.1	Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2025, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and certain subsidiaries thereof, as a borrower or guarantor as provided therein, White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent for the lenders, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2025).
---	---
10.2	Senior Secured Superpriority Asset-Based Debtor-In-Possession Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2026, by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc. and certain subsidiaries thereof, as a borrower or guarantor as provided therein, White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as agent for the lenders, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Services, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2026).
10.3	Restructuring Support Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2026, by and among the Nine Energy Service, Inc. and certain subsidiaries thereof and the lenders and borrowers party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Services, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2026).
10.4+	Form of Indemnification Agreement between Nine Energy Service, Inc. and its directors and certain officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed October 30, 2025).
10.5+	Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective February 28, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 2, 2017).
10.6+	First Amendment to the Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2021).
10.7+	Second Amendment to the Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2023).
10.8+	Third Amendment to the Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2025).
10.9+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2018).
10.10+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Executives (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2018).
10.11+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2018).
10.12+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 14, 2018).
10.13+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Cash Award Grant Notice and Form of Cash Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 5, 2022).
10.14+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Performance-Based Cash Award Grant Notice and Form of Performance-Based Cash Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2022).
10.15+	Form of Nine Energy Service, Inc. Time-based Cash Award Grant Notice and Form of Time-based Cash Award Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2024).
10.16+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 28, 2018, by and between Nine Energy Service, LLC and Ann G. Fox (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2018).
10.17+	Employment Agreement between Guy Sirkes and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of March 31, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2020).
10.18+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between David Crombie and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of November 20, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2018).
10.19+	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Theodore R. Moore and Nine Energy Service, LLC, dated as of November 20, 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2018).
---	---
10.20+	Letter Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2020, between Nine Energy Service, LLC and Ann G. Fox (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2020).
10.21+	Letter Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2020, between Nine Energy Service, LLC and David Crombie (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2020).
10.22+	Letter Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2020, between Nine Energy Service, LLC and Guy Sirkes (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2020).
10.23+	Letter Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2020, between Nine Energy Service, LLC and Theodore R. Moore (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2020).
19.1	Nine Energy Service, Inc. Insider Trading Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 6, 2025).
21.1*	List of Subsidiaries of Nine Energy Service, Inc.
22.1*	List of Subsidiary Guarantors and Affiliates Whose Securities Collateralize Securities of Nine Energy Service, Inc.
31.1*	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**	Certifications by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Title 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**	Certifications by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Title 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1	Nine Energy Service, Inc. Clawback Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2024).
101*	Interactive Data Files.
104*	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

___________________________________

*     Filed herewith.

**     Furnished herewith.

• Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC.
By:	/s/ Ann G. Fox
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 4, 2026

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 4, 2026.

Signature	Title
/s/ Ann G. Fox	President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Ann G. Fox
/s/ Guy Sirkes	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Guy Sirkes
/s/ S. Brett Luz	Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
S. Brett Luz
/s/ Scott E. Schwinger	Chairman of the Board
Scott E. Schwinger
/s/ Jerome D. Hall	Director
Jerome D. Hall
/s/ Julie A. Peffer	Director
Julie A. Peffer
/s/ Darryl K. Willis	Director
Darryl K. Willis

63

nine-20251231ye10kex21

EXHIBIT 2.1 IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS HOUSTON DIVISION ) In re: ) Chapter 11 ) NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC., et al.,1 ) Case No. 26-90295 (CML) ) Debtors. ) (Jointly Administered) ) AMENDED JOINT PREPACKAGED PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC. AND ITS DEBTOR AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE THIS CHAPTER 11 PLAN IS BEING SUBMITTED TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR APPROVAL FOLLOWING SOLICITATION. KANE RUSSELL COLEMAN LOGAN PC KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP John J. Kane (TX Bar No. 24066794) KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP Kyle Woodard (TX Bar No. 24102661) Chad J. Husnick, P.C. (admitted pro hac vice) JaKayla J. DaBera (TX Bar No. 24129114) 333 West Wolf Point Plaza 901 Main Street, Suite 5200 Chicago, Illinois 60654 Dallas, Texas 75202 Telephone: (312) 862-2000 Telephone: (713) 425-7400 Facsimile: (312) 862-2200 Facsimile: (713) 425-7700 Email: chad.husnick@kirkland.com Email: jkane@krcl.com kwoodard@krcl.com jdabera@krcl.com -and- -and- Michael P. Ridulfo (TX Bar No. 16902020) Ross J. Fiedler (admitted pro hac vice) Sage Plaza, 5151 San Felipe, Suite 800 601 Lexington Avenue Houston, Texas 77056 New York, New York 10022 Telephone: (713) 425-7400 Telephone: (212) 446-4800 Facsimile: (713) 425-7700 Facsimile: (212) 446-4900 Email: mridulfo@krcl.com Email: ross.fiedler@kirkland.com Proposed Co-Counsel for the Debtors Proposed Co-Counsel for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession and Debtors in Possession 1 A complete list of each of the Debtors in these chapter 11 cases may be obtained on the website of the Debtors’ claims and noticing agent at https://dm.epiq11.com/NineEnergy. The location of Nine Energy Service, Inc.’s principal place of business and the Debtors’ service address in these chapter 11 cases is 2001 Kirby Drive, Suite 200, Houston, TX 77019. TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW ......................................................................................................................... 1 A. Defined Terms. ................................................................................................................................. 1 B. Rules of Interpretation. ................................................................................................................... 12 C. Computation of Time. ..................................................................................................................... 13 D. Governing Law. .............................................................................................................................. 13 E. Reference to Monetary Figures. ...................................................................................................... 13 F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. ................................................................... 13 G. Nonconsolidated Plan. .................................................................................................................... 13 H. Controlling Document. .................................................................................................................... 13 I. Consultation, Notice, Information, and Consent Rights.................................................................. 13 ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES .................................. 14 A. Administrative Claims. ................................................................................................................... 14 B. Priority Tax Claims. ........................................................................................................................ 14 C. DIP Claims. ..................................................................................................................................... 14 D. Professional Fee Claims. ................................................................................................................. 15 E. Payment of Restructuring Expenses and Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses. ........................................................................................................................................ 16 ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS ..................................... 16 A. Classification of Claims and Interests. ............................................................................................ 16 B. Treatment of Claims and Interests. ................................................................................................. 17 C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims. ......................................................................... 21 D. Elimination of Vacant Classes. ....................................................................................................... 21 E. Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes. .................................................... 21 F. Intercompany Interests. ................................................................................................................... 21 G. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. ................. 21 H. Controversy Concerning Impairment. ............................................................................................. 22 I. Subordinated Claims and Interests. ................................................................................................. 22 ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN ........................................................................ 22 A. General Settlement of Claims and Interests. ................................................................................... 22 B. Restructuring Transactions.............................................................................................................. 22 C. Reorganized Debtors. ...................................................................................................................... 23 D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions. ............................................................................ 23 E. Corporate Existence. ....................................................................................................................... 24 F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors. ............................................................................... 25 G. Cancellation of Existing Securities, Agreements, and Interests. ..................................................... 25 H. Corporate Action. ............................................................................................................................ 26 I. New Organizational Documents. .................................................................................................... 26 J. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors. ....................................................................... 27 K. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions. .............................................................................. 27 L. Certain Securities Law Matters. ...................................................................................................... 27 M. Section 1146 Exemption. ................................................................................................................ 28 N. Employee Compensation and Benefits. .......................................................................................... 29 O. Director and Officer Liability Insurance. ........................................................................................ 29 P. Management Incentive Plan. ........................................................................................................... 30 Q. Preservation of Causes of Action. ................................................................................................... 30 R. Cashless Transactions. .................................................................................................................... 30 ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES .............................. 30 A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. ................................... 30 B. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. .................................. 31 C. Indemnification Obligations............................................................................................................ 32 D. Insurance Policies. .......................................................................................................................... 32 E. Reservation of Rights. ..................................................................................................................... 32 F. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date. ................................................................................................... 33 G. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date. ............................................................ 33 ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS .............................................................................. 33 A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed................................................................... 33 B. Disbursing Agent. ........................................................................................................................... 33 C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent. ........................................................................................ 34 D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions. ..................................... 34 E. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities. .......................................................................... 35 F. Manner of Payment. ........................................................................................................................ 35 G. Compliance with Tax Requirements. .............................................................................................. 35 H. Allocations. ..................................................................................................................................... 36 I. No Postpetition Interest on Claims.................................................................................................. 36 J. Setoffs and Recoupment. ................................................................................................................ 36 K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties. ........................................................................................ 36 ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS ..................................................................................................................... 37 A. Disputed Claims Process. ................................................................................................................ 37 B. Allowance of Claims. ...................................................................................................................... 37 C. Claims Administration Responsibilities. ......................................................................................... 38 D. Adjustment to Claims without Objection. ....................................................................................... 38 E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests................................................................................................ 38 F. No Distributions Pending Allowance. ............................................................................................. 38 G. Distributions After Allowance. ....................................................................................................... 38 ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS .............................. 39 A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests. ......................................................................... 39 B. Release of Liens. ............................................................................................................................ 39 C. Releases by the Debtors. ............................................................................................................... 40 D. Releases by the Releasing Parties. ............................................................................................... 41 E. Exculpation. ................................................................................................................................... 42 F. Injunction....................................................................................................................................... 43 G. Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment. .............................................................................. 43 H. Document Retention. ...................................................................................................................... 43 I. Reimbursement or Contribution. ..................................................................................................... 44 J. Claims by the United States Government or Any State and Local Authority. ................................ 44 ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN ........................................... 44 A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date. ................................................................................... 44 B. Waiver of Conditions. ..................................................................................................................... 45 C. Substantial Consummation.............................................................................................................. 45 D. Effect of Failure of Conditions. ...................................................................................................... 45 ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THIS PLAN ...................................... 46 A. Modification and Amendments. ...................................................................................................... 46 B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications. ....................................................................................... 46 C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan. ................................................................................................. 46 ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION ..................................................................................................... 46 ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .................................................................................................. 48 A. Immediate Binding Effect. .............................................................................................................. 48 B. Additional Documents. ................................................................................................................... 48 C. Payment of Statutory Fees. ............................................................................................................. 48 D. Reservation of Rights. ..................................................................................................................... 49 E. Successors and Assigns. .................................................................................................................. 49 F. Notices. ........................................................................................................................................... 49 G. Term of Injunctions or Stays. .......................................................................................................... 50 H. Entire Agreement. ........................................................................................................................... 50 I. Exhibits. .......................................................................................................................................... 50 J. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions. ................................................................................................ 50 K. Votes Solicited in Good Faith. ........................................................................................................ 51 L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases. .......................................................................................................... 51 M. Waiver or Estoppel.......................................................................................................................... 51

---

1 INTRODUCTION Nine Energy Service, Inc. (“Nine Energy”) and its affiliated debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) propose this joint prepackaged chapter 11 plan of reorganization (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against and Interests in the Debtors pursuant to chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.A of this Plan. Holders of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, risk factors, and projections of future operations, as well as a summary and description of this Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and certain related matters. The Debtors are the proponents of this Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST OR INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THIS PLAN. ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS SHOULD REVIEW THE SECURITIES LAW RESTRICTIONS AND NOTICES SET FORTH IN THIS PLAN (INCLUDING UNDER ARTICLE IV.L HEREOF) IN FULL. ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW A. Defined Terms. As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. 1. “Ad Hoc Group” means that certain ad hoc group of Senior Secured Noteholders represented by the Ad Hoc Group Advisors. 2. “Ad Hoc Group Advisors” means (a) Milbank LLP, as legal counsel to the Ad Hoc Group, (b) Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc., as investment banker to the Ad Hoc Group, (c) Porter Hedges, LLP, as local counsel to the Ad Hoc Group, and (d) any other counsel or advisor engaged by the Ad Hoc Group in its reasonable discretion, including any local counsel, board search consultant, and operational or industry advisors. 3. “Administrative Claim” means any Claim against any Debtor arising before the Effective Date for the costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred by the Debtors on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estates and operating the Debtors’ businesses incurred on or after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date; (b) Allowed Professional Fee Claims; (c) any adequate protection Claims provided for in the DIP Orders; (d) the Restructuring Expenses; and (e) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of the Judicial Code. 4. “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code as if such Entity was a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code. 5. “Agents/Trustees” means, collectively, the DIP Agent, the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, the Prepetition ABL Agent, and the Exit ABL Facility Agent. 6. “Allowed” means a Claim or an Interest that is allowed under this Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, or by a Final Order, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) there is no requirement to File a Proof of Claim (or move the Bankruptcy Court for allowance) to be an Allowed Claim under this Plan, and (b) the Debtors may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy Law; provided that the Reorganized Debtors shall retain all claims and defenses with respect to Allowed Claims that are Reinstated or otherwise Unimpaired pursuant to this Plan. 2 7. “Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means those Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtors. 8. “Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List” means the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases (with proposed Cure amounts) that will be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors, which list shall be included in the Plan Supplement, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time. 9. “Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other Claims, Causes of Action, or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates or other authorized parties in interest under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy Law, including Claims, Causes of Action, or remedies arising under sections 502, 510, 542, 544, 545, and 547 (through and including sections 553 and 724(a)) of the Bankruptcy Code, or other similar or related local, state, federal, or foreign statutes, and common Law, including fraudulent transfer Laws or other applicable Law. 10. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended. 11. “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas. 12. “Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001. 13. “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)), or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state of New York. 14. “Cash” or “$” means cash and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar items in the legal tender of the United States of America. 15. “Cash Collateral” has the meaning ascribed to it under section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. 16. “Causes of Action” means any and all actions, Claims, interests, damages, remedies, causes of action, controversies, demands, proceedings, agreements, rights, Liens, indemnities, contributions, guaranties, suits, obligations, liabilities, judgments, accounts, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, and franchises of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or noncontingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated, assertable directly or derivatively, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or pursuant to any other theory of law. Causes of Action also include: (a) any and all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment, and Claims for breach of contract or for breach of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) any and all rights to dispute, object to, compromise, or seek to recharacterize, reclassify, subordinate, or disallow Claims against or Interests in the Debtors; (c) any and all Claims pursuant to section 362 or chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code; (d) any and all Claims or defenses, including fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (e) any and all Avoidance Actions arising under chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar local, state, federal, or foreign statutes and common law, including fraudulent transfer laws. 17. “Chapter 11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all Debtors, any procedurally consolidated and jointly administered cases Filed for the Debtors under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. 18. “Claim” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code. 19. “Claims and Noticing Agent” means Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, in its capacity as claims, noticing, and solicitation agent for the Debtors. 3 20. “Claims Register” means the official register of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors maintained by the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court or the Claims and Noticing Agent. 21. “Class” means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III hereof pursuant to sections 1122(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. 22. “CM/ECF” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system. 23. “Combined Hearing” means the hearing before the Bankruptcy Court under section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code to consider Confirmation of the Plan and approval of the Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time. 24. “Compensation and Benefits Programs” means all employment and severance agreements and policies, and all employment, wages, compensation, and benefit plans and policies, workers’ compensation programs, savings plans, retirement plans, deferred compensation plans, supplemental executive retirement plans, healthcare plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive and retention plans, programs, and payments, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans and programs, for all employees who are current employees of the Debtors as of the Petition Date, and all amendments and modifications thereto, applicable to the Debtors’ employees, former employees, retirees, and non-employee directors and managers, in each case existing with the Debtors as of immediately prior to the Effective Date. 25. “Confirmation” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases. 26. “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021. 27. “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming this Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, which may constitute the Disclosure Statement Order. 28. “Consenting Noteholders” means, collectively, the beneficial holders of, or investment advisors, sub-advisors, or managers of discretionary accounts that hold, Senior Secured Notes Claims that have executed and delivered counterpart signature pages to the RSA, a Joinder, or a Transfer Agreement to counsel to Nine Energy. 29. “Consenting Prepetition ABL Lenders” means the Holders of Prepetition ABL Claims that have executed and delivered counterparty signature pages to the RSA, a Joinder, or a Transfer Agreement to counsel of Nine Energy. 30. “Consenting Stakeholders” means, collectively, the Consenting Prepetition ABL Lenders and the Consenting Noteholders. 31. “Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date. 32. “Cure” means a Claim (unless waived or modified by the applicable counterparty) based upon a Debtor’s defaults under an Executory Contract or an Unexpired Lease assumed by such Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than a default that is not required to be cured pursuant to section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. 33. “D&O Liability Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies of any of the Debtors for directors’, managers’, and officers’ liability existing as of the Petition Date (including any “tail policy”) and all agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto. 34. “Debtor Release” means the release set forth in Article VIII.C of this Plan. 35. “Debtors” means, collectively, Nine Energy, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Delaware, and its debtor Affiliates. 4 36. “Definitive Documents” means all material documents in respect of the Restructuring Transactions (including but not limited to the following): (a) this Plan; (b) the Confirmation Order; (c) the Disclosure Statement; (d) the Disclosure Statement Order; (e) the Solicitation Materials; (f) the DIP Documents; (g) the Plan Supplement; (h) the New Organizational Documents; (i) the Exit ABL Facility Documents; (j) the First Day Pleadings (and all orders sought pursuant thereto); and (k) any other materials, amendments, modifications, supplements, documents, opinions, instruments, schedules, or exhibits described in, related to, contemplated in, or reasonably necessary to implement the foregoing (including the Restructuring Steps Plan) to be Filed by the Debtors in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases; provided that notwithstanding anything herein or in any Definitive Document to the contrary, the Definitive Documents shall not include any ministerial notices and similar ministerial documents, retention applications, fee applications, fee statements, any similar pleadings or motions relating to the retention or fees of any professional, monthly operating reports, certifications of service, or any declarations, affidavits, or replies in support of any of the foregoing or in support of the Definitive Documents. 37. “DIP Advisors” means (a) Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the DIP Agent, (b) Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as Canadian counsel to the DIP Agent, and (c) such other professional advisors as are retained by the DIP Agent, solely in the case of this clause (c), with the consent of the Debtors (not to be unreasonably withheld). 38. “DIP Agent” means White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP Credit Agreement, and any successors and permitted assigns, in such capacity. 39. “DIP Claim” means any Claim derived from, arising under, based upon, or secured pursuant to the DIP Credit Agreement and the DIP Orders. 40. “ DIP Credit Agreement ” means that certain Senior Secured Superpriority Asset-Based Debtor-In-Possession Loan and Security Agreement, attached as Exhibit 1 to the DIP Orders (as may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among Nine Energy Service, Inc., Nine Energy Canada Inc., CDK Perforating, LLC, Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC, RedZone Coil Tubing LLC, and Nine Downhole Technologies, LLC, each as borrowers, Nine Energy Service LLC, MOTI Holdco, LLC, Magnum Oil Tools, GP, LLC, and Magnum Tools International, LTD, each as guarantors, White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, as the DIP Agent, and the DIP Lenders party thereto setting forth the terms and conditions of the DIP Facility. 41. “DIP Documents” means, collectively, the documentation governing the DIP Facility, including the DIP Credit Agreement, any “Loan Documents” under and as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement, and any other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, budgets, and other security documents, the DIP Orders, the DIP Motion, the DIP Term Sheet, and any amendments, modifications, and supplements to any of the foregoing. 42. “DIP Facility” means the new senior secured superpriority asset-based financing facility provided by the DIP Lenders to the Debtors on the terms and conditions set forth in the DIP Documents. 43. “DIP Lenders” means the lenders under the DIP Credit Agreement. 44. “DIP Motion” means any motion Filed with the Bankruptcy Court seeking approval of the DIP Facility. 45. “DIP Orders” means, collectively, the Interim DIP Order and the Final DIP Order. 46. “DIP Term Sheet” means the term sheet describing the terms of the DIP Facility that is attached to the RSA as Exhibit C. 47. “Disbursing Agent” means the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, or the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, including, the Agents/Trustees with respect to their respective debt facilities, to make or facilitate distributions contemplated under this Plan.

---

5 48. “Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement with respect to this Plan, including all exhibits, schedules, supplements, modifications, and amendments thereto. 49. “Disclosure Statement Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, which may be the Confirmation Order, approving the Disclosure Statement as a disclosure statement meeting the applicable requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and, to the extent necessary, approving the Solicitation Materials. 50. “Disputed” means, as to a Claim or an Interest, any Claim or Interest (or portion thereof): (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed by this Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; (c) as to which a dispute is being adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with non-bankruptcy Law; (d) that is Filed in the Bankruptcy Court and not withdrawn, as to which a timely objection or a request for estimation has been Filed; and (e) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 51. “Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth in this Plan, the date or dates determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on or after the Effective Date upon which the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive distributions under this Plan. 52. “Distribution Record Date” means, other than with respect to publicly held Securities, the record date for purposes of making distributions under this Plan on account of Allowed Claims, which date shall be the Effective Date, or such other date as determined by the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders. 53. “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 54. “Effective Date” means, as to the applicable Debtor, the date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect; (b) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of this Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of this Plan; and (c) this Plan is declared effective by the Debtors. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. 55. “Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code. 56. “Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to sections 301 and 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of such Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case. 57. “Exculpated Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) each of the Debtors and (b) the independent directors of the Debtors, Scott Schwinger, J.D. “Joey” Hall, Julie Peffer, and Darryl K. Willis. 58. “Executory Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors are a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. 59. “Exit ABL Facility” means the new senior-secured asset-based loan facility, secured by a first lien security interest on all assets of the Reorganized Debtors, in an aggregate principal amount equal to $135 million, on terms and conditions consistent with the RSA and the Exit ABL Facility Term Sheet. 60. “Exit ABL Facility Advisors” means (a) Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Exit Facility Agent (as defined in the Exit ABL Facility Term Sheet), (b) Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as Canadian counsel to the Exit Facility Agent, (c) and such other professional advisors as are retained by the Exit Facility Agent, solely in the case of this clause (c), with the consent of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (in either case, not to be unreasonably withheld). 61. “Exit ABL Facility Agent” means the agent under the Exit ABL Facility. 62. “Exit ABL Facility Claims” means any Claim on account of indebtedness under the Exit ABL Facility. 6 63. “Exit ABL Facility Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement governing the Exit ABL Facility. 64. “Exit ABL Facility Documents” means the Exit ABL Facility Credit Agreement, the Exit ABL Facility Term Sheet, and any other documentation necessary or appropriate to effectuate the incurrence of the Exit ABL Facility. 65. “Exit ABL Facility Lenders” means, collectively, each lender under the Exit ABL Facility. 66. “Exit ABL Facility Loans” means the loans provided under the Exit ABL Facility. 67. “Exit ABL Facility Term Sheet” means the term sheet describing the terms of the Exit ABL Facility that is attached to the RSA as Exhibit D. 68. “Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate specified by 28 U.S.C. § 1961 in effect as of the Petition Date. 69. “File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Cases. 70. “Final DIP Order” means any order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on a final basis approving the DIP Motion. 71. “Final Order” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, vacated, modified, or amended, as entered on the docket in any Chapter 11 Case or the docket of any court of competent jurisdiction, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing thereof has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing thereof has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be timely Filed has been withdrawn or resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought or the new trial, re-argument, leave to appeal or rehearing shall have been denied, resulted in no modification of such order or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided, however, that the possibility that a motion under rule 59 or 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any comparable rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, the Local Bankruptcy Rules, or applicable non-bankruptcy Law may be Filed with respect to such order or judgment shall not cause such order or judgment to not be a Final Order. 72. “First Day Pleadings” means the first-day pleadings that the Debtors determine are necessary or desirable to File on the Petition Date. 73. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim against the Debtors that is not (a) an Other Secured Claim, (b) an Administrative Claim; (c) an Other Priority Claim, (d) a Priority Tax Claim, (e) a DIP Claim, (f) an Intercompany Claim, (g) a Section 510(b) Claim, (h) a Prepetition ABL Claim, (i) a Senior Secured Notes Claim, or (j) otherwise secured by collateral or entitled to priority under the Bankruptcy Code or an order of the Bankruptcy Court. 74. “Governing Body” means, in each case in its capacity as such, a board of directors, board of managers, manager, managing member, general partner, special committee, or any other similar governing body of any Debtor. 75. “Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code. 76. “Holder” means any Entity that is the record owner of a Claim against, or an Interest in, any Debtor, as applicable. 77. “Impaired” means, with respect to a Claim or Interest, or a Class of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors, a Class of Claims against or Interests in the Debtors that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. 7 78. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor held by another Debtor. 79. “Intercompany Interest” means any Interest in a Debtor held by another Debtor. 80. “Interests” means the shares (or any class thereof), common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor, and options, warrants, rights, or other securities or agreements to acquire or subscribe for, or which are convertible into the shares (or any class thereof), common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Debtor (in each case whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement). 81. “Interim DIP Order” means the order entered by the Bankruptcy Court on an interim basis approving the DIP Motion. 82. “Joinder” means an executed joinder to the RSA, substantially in the form attached thereto as Exhibit F. 83. “Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001, as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases. 84. “Law” means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, ruling, or judgment, in each case, that is validly adopted, promulgated, issued, or entered by a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction (including the Bankruptcy Court). 85. “Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code. 86. “Local Bankruptcy Rules” means the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the Southern District of Texas. 87. “Management Incentive Plan” means the management incentive plan to be designed and adopted by the New Board following the Effective Date. 88. “New Board” means the new board of directors or similar governing body of Reorganized Nine Energy, which shall be selected in accordance with the New Organizational Documents. 89. “New Equity Interests” means equity, common stock, or membership interests, in Reorganized Nine Energy, as applicable, issued on or after the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan. 90. “New Organizational Documents” means the documents providing for corporate governance of the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, including any charters, bylaws, certificates of incorporation, certificates of formation, limited liability company agreements, operating agreements, or other organizational documents or shareholders’ agreements, as applicable, which shall be consistent with this Plan and section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (as applicable), and shall be included in the Plan Supplement. 91. “Nine Energy” means Nine Energy Service, Inc. 92. “Nine Energy Equity Interests” means, collectively, all existing equity interests in Nine Energy, including all common stock issued by Nine Energy and historically listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker “NINE”, and any other Interests (including any common unit or preferred stock), rights, options, warrants, preferred securities, or Claims linked to the equity or profit of the Debtors. 93. “Non-Debtor” means all direct and indirect subsidiaries of any Debtor that are not Debtors in these Chapter 11 Cases. 94. “Other Priority Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, that is entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. 8 95. “Other Securities” has the meaning as set forth in Article IV.L of this Plan. 96. “Other Secured Claim” means any other Secured Claim against the Debtors, other than a DIP Claim or a Senior Secured Notes Claim. 97. “Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code. 98. “Petition Date” means the first date any of the Debtors commences a Chapter 11 Case. 99. “Plan” means this joint chapter 11 plan, including all exhibits, supplements (including the Plan Supplement), appendices, and schedules (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof). 100. “Plan Distribution” means a payment or distribution to the Holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, or other eligible Entities under and in accordance with this Plan. 101. “Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan that will be Filed by the Debtors with the Bankruptcy Court. 102. “Prepetition ABL Advisors” means (a) Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Prepetition ABL Agent, (b) Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, as Canadian counsel to the Prepetition ABL Agent, and (c) such other professional advisors as are retained by the Prepetition ABL Agent, solely in the case of this clause (c), with the consent of the Debtors (not to be unreasonably withheld). 103. “Prepetition ABL Agent” means White Oak Commercial Finance, LLC, in its capacity as administrative and collateral agent under the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement. 104. “Prepetition ABL Claim” means any Claim on account of indebtedness under the Prepetition ABL Facility pursuant to the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement and the other Prepetition ABL Loan Documents, including with respect to any loans and letters of credit issued thereunder. 105. “Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement” means that certain loan and security agreement, dated as of May 1, 2025, by and among: (a) Nine Energy and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrower; (b) Nine Energy Service, LLC, Moti Holdco, LLC, Magnum Oil Tools GP, LLC, and Magnum Oil Tools International, LTD, as guarantors; (c) the Prepetition ABL Lenders; and (d) the Prepetition ABL Agent (as may be further amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time). 106. “Prepetition ABL Facility” means that certain asset-backed senior secured revolving credit facility in the approximate principal amount of $125 million issued pursuant to the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement. 107. “Prepetition ABL Lenders” means, collectively, White Oak ABL 3, LLC, White Oak Europe ABL Limited, and any permitted successors and assigns of the foregoing in their capacity as lenders pursuant to the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement. 108. “Prepetition ABL Loan Documents” means “Loan Documents” as defined in the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement. 109. “Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. 110. “Pro Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in that Class. 111. “Professional” means an Entity (other than an ordinary course professional): (a) employed, or proposed to be employed prior to the Confirmation Date, in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in

---

9 accordance with sections 327, 328, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. 112. “Professional Fee Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that the Professionals estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Effective Date, which estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.D of this Plan. 113. “Professional Fee Claim” means any Claim by a Professional seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date by such Professionals through and including the Effective Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent that such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court and/or in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable Professional Fee Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the Restructuring Expenses shall not be considered Professional Fee Claims, and any such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the DIP Orders and this Plan, as applicable. 114. “Professional Fee Escrow Account” means an interest-bearing account funded by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Fee Amount. 115. “Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases. 116. “Regulation D” means Regulation D under the Securities Act. 117. “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 118. “Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means, with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall not be discharged hereunder, and the Holder’s legal, equitable, and contractual rights on account of such Claim or Interest shall remain unaltered by Consummation and be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. 119. “Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, if any, to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to this Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time. 120. “Related Party” means, collectively, with respect to any Person or Entity, each of, and in each case in its capacity as such, such Person’s or Entity’s current and former directors (including outside directors), managers, officers, investment committee members, members of any Governing Body, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment vehicles, managed accounts or funds, predecessors, participants, successors, assigns (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), subsidiaries, current and former Affiliates, partners, limited partners, general partners, principals, members, management companies, fund advisors or managers, fiduciaries, trustees, employees, agents, trustees, advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys (including any other attorneys or professionals retained by any current or former director or manager in his or her capacity as director or manager of an Entity), accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, restructuring advisors, and other professionals and advisors, and any such Person’s or Entity’s respective heirs, executors, estates, and nominees. 121. “Released Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the DIP Lenders; (d) the Agents (including the DIP Agent); (e) the Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (f) the members of the Ad Hoc Group; (g) the Consenting Stakeholders; (h) Holders of Prepetition ABL Claims; (i) the Exit ABL Facility Lenders; (j) Holders of Claims or Interests who vote to accept the Plan or are presumed to accept the Plan and do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (k) Holders of Claims or 10 Interests who abstain from voting on the Plan and who do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (l) Holders of Claims or Interests who vote to reject the Plan but do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (m) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (n); and (n) each Related Party of each Entity in clause (a) through clause (n); provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Released Party if it: (i) affirmatively opts out of the releases in the Plan; or (ii) timely objects to the releases in the Plan and such objection is not resolved before the Combined Hearing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Definitive Documents, the Holders of Nine Energy Equity Interests in Class 8 and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims in Class 9 shall not constitute Released Parties in their capacity as such, irrespective of whether they opted out of the Third-Party Release. 122. “Releasing Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors; (c) the DIP Lenders; (d) the Agents (including the DIP Agent); (e) the Senior Secured Notes Trustee; (f) the members of the Ad Hoc Group; (g) the Consenting Stakeholders; (h) Holders of Prepetition ABL Claims; (i) the Exit ABL Facility Lenders; (j) Holders of Claims or Interests who vote to accept the Plan or are presumed to accept the Plan and do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (k) Holders of Claims or Interests who abstain from voting on the Plan and who do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (l) Holders of Claims or Interests who vote to reject the Plan but do not affirmatively opt out of the releases set forth herein; (m) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through the following clause (n); and (n) each Related Party of each Entity in clause (a) through clause (n) for which such Entity is legally entitled to bind such Related Party to the releases contained in the Plan; provided that, in each case, an Entity shall not be a Releasing Party if it: (i) affirmatively opts out of the releases in the Plan; or (ii) timely objects to the releases in the Plan and such objection is not resolved before the Combined Hearing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Definitive Documents, the Holders of Nine Energy Equity Interests in Class 8 and the Holders of Section 510(b) Claims in Class 9 shall not constitute Releasing Parties and shall not be bound by the Third-Party Release in their capacity as such, irrespective of whether they opted out of the Third-Party Release. 123. “Reorganized Debtors” means, collectively, on and after the Effective Date, each of the Debtors as reorganized under this Plan, including the Reorganized Nine Energy, or any successor or assign thereto, by transfer, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, including any new Entity established in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions. 124. “Reorganized Nine Energy” means Nine Energy, as reorganized pursuant to this Plan, on and after the Effective Date, or any successors or assigns thereto including by transfer, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions, or a new corporation, limited liability company, or partnership that may be formed to, among other things, directly or indirectly acquire substantially all of the assets and/or stock of the Debtors and issue the New Equity Interests to be distributed pursuant to this Plan. 125. “Required Consenting Noteholders” means, as of the relevant date, the Consenting Noteholders holding at least 50.01% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Senior Secured Notes that are held by the Consenting Noteholders. 126. “Required Consenting Stakeholders” means, collectively, the Consenting Prepetition ABL Lenders and the Required Consenting Noteholders. 127. “Restructuring Expenses” means all reasonable, documented, due and owing prepetition and postpetition fees, costs, and out-of-pocket expenses of (i) the Ad Hoc Group Advisors, (ii) the Prepetition ABL Advisors, (iii) the DIP Advisors, (iv) the Exit ABL Facility Advisors, in each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), incurred on or prior to the Effective Date and, in each case, to the extent applicable, in accordance with and to the extent permitted by their respective engagement letters or fee reimbursement letters with the Debtors and/or any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the reasonable and documented fees, costs and expense accrued since the inception of their respective engagement letters and not previously paid by, or on behalf of, the Debtors). 128. “Restructuring Steps Plan” means the description, as set forth in the Plan Supplement, of the steps to be carried out to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions in accordance with this Plan, the RSA, and any Definitive Document. 11 129. “Restructuring Transactions” means the transactions described in Article IV.B of this Plan and the Restructuring Steps Plan. 130. “RSA” means that certain restructuring support agreement, dated as of February 1, 2026, by and among the Debtors and the Consenting Stakeholders, including all exhibits thereto, as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, in accordance with its terms. 131. “Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of certain Causes of Action of the Debtors that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan and which shall be Filed with the Plan Supplement, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time. 132. “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 133. “Section 510(b) Claim” means any Claim or Interest against a Debtor subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. 134. “Secured Claim” means a Claim that is: (a) secured by a valid, perfected, and enforceable Lien on collateral to the extent of the value of such collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code or (b) subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent of the amount subject to setoff. 135. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 136. “Security” or “Securities” has the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act. 137. “Senior Secured Noteholder” means any holder (or beneficial holder) of, or nominee, investment advisor, sub-advisor, or manager of discretionary accounts that hold Senior Secured Notes Claims. 138. “Senior Secured Notes” means the 13.00% Senior Secured Notes, due 2028, issued by Nine Energy pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. 139. “Senior Secured Notes Claim” means all Claims arising under, derived from, based upon, or related to the Senior Secured Notes Documents (including all “Obligations” as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture). 140. “Senior Secured Notes Documents” means, collectively, the Senior Secured Notes Indenture and all other agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into in connection therewith, including, any guarantee agreements, pledge and collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, fee letters, and other security documents (each as supplemented or amended from time to time). 141. “Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture, dated as of January 30, 2023 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), among Nine Energy, as issuer, certain of its subsidiaries, as guarantors, and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee. 142. “Senior Secured Notes Trustee” means U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, in its capacity as trustee, notes collateral agent, paying agent, and registrar under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture. 143. “Senior Secured Notes Trustee Charging Lien” means any Lien or other priority in payment for Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses to which the Senior Secured Notes Trustee is entitled pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Documents. 144. “Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses” means all reasonable and documented compensation, fees, expenses, disbursements and indemnity claims, including, attorneys’ and agents’ fees, expenses and disbursements, incurred by the Senior Secured Notes Trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, whether before or after the Petition Date or before or after the Effective Date. 12 145. “Solicitation Materials” means all materials used in connection with the solicitation of votes on this Plan pursuant to sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code (as such materials may be modified, supplemented, or amended), including the Disclosure Statement and any procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the solicitation of votes on the Plan. 146. “Third-Party Release” means the release set forth in Article VIII.D of this Plan. 147. “Transfer” means to sell, resell, reallocate, use, pledge, assign, transfer, hypothecate, participate, donate or otherwise encumber or dispose of, directly or indirectly (including through derivatives, options, swaps, pledges, forward sales or other transactions); provided that any pledge in favor of a bank or broker dealer at which a Consenting Noteholder maintains an account, where such bank or broker dealer holds a security interest or other encumbrance over property in the account, generally shall not be deemed a “Transfer” under this Plan. 148. “Transfer Agreement” means an executed form of the transfer agreement providing, among other things, that a transferee is bound by the terms of the RSA and substantially in the form attached to the RSA as Exhibit E. 149. “Unexpired Lease” means a lease of non-residential, real property to which one or more of the Debtors are a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. 150. “Unimpaired” means, with respect to a Claim against or an Interest in a Debtor, not impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. B. Rules of Interpretation. For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented in accordance with this Plan or the Confirmation Order, as applicable; (4) any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to this Plan (including the exhibits and Plan Supplement) in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of this Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any contract, charter, bylaws, limited liability company agreements, operating agreements, certificates of incorporation, or other organizational documents or shareholders’ agreements, as applicable, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with this Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable Law, including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; (9) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of this Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval, of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; (10) unless otherwise specified, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (11) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of this Plan; (12) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (13) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (14) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (15) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (16) references to “Proofs of Claim,” “Holders of Claims,” “Disputed Claims,” and the like shall include “Proofs of Interest,” “Holders of Interests,” “Disputed Interests,” and the like, as applicable; (17) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members” and/or

---

13 “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company Laws; and (18) all references herein to consent, acceptance, or approval may be conveyed by counsel for the respective Person or Entity that have such consent, acceptance, or approval rights, including by electronic mail. C. Computation of Time. Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to this Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date. D. Governing Law. Except to the extent a rule of Law or procedure is supplied by federal Law (including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules), or unless otherwise specifically stated, and subject to the provisions of any contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into expressly in connection herewith, the rights and obligations arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed, implemented, and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of Laws (other than section 5-1401 and section 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law); provided that corporate governance matters relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, not incorporated in New York shall be governed by the Laws of the state of incorporation or formation of the relevant Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. E. Reference to Monetary Figures. All references in this Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided herein. F. Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan to the contrary, references in this Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires. G. Nonconsolidated Plan. Although for purposes of administrative convenience and efficiency this Plan has been proposed as a joint plan for each of the Debtors and presents Classes of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors, this Plan does not provide for the substantive consolidation of any of the Debtors. H. Controlling Document. In the event of an inconsistency between this Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of this Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between this Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant provision in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and this Plan or the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order shall control. I. Consultation, Notice, Information, and Consent Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any and all respective consultation, information, notice, and consent rights set forth in the RSA (including the exhibits thereto), with respect to the form and substance of this Plan, all exhibits to this Plan, the Plan Supplement, and all other Definitive Documents, including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such agreements and documents, and any consents, waivers, or 14 other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including the applicable definitions in Article I hereof) and fully enforceable as if stated in full herein until such time as the RSA is terminated in accordance with its terms. ARTICLE II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS, PROFESSIONAL FEE CLAIMS, AND RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, DIP Claims, and Professional Fee Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof. A. Administrative Claims. Except with respect to the Professional Fee Claims, Restructuring Expenses, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors against which such Allowed Administrative Claim is asserted agree to less favorable treatment for such Holder, or such Holder has been paid by any Debtors on account of such Allowed Administrative Claim prior to the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court. B. Priority Tax Claims. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, Cash equal to the full amount of its Claim or such other treatment in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, and reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Stakeholders. C. DIP Claims. All DIP Claims shall be deemed Allowed as of the Effective Date in an amount equal to (a) the principal amount outstanding under the DIP Facility on such date, (b) all interest accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of payment, and (c) all accrued and unpaid fees, premiums, expenses, and non-contingent indemnification obligations payable under the DIP Documents and the DIP Orders. On the Effective Date, except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, each Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim shall receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Allowed DIP Claim, its pro rata share of the Exit ABL Facility Loans. Upon the satisfaction of the Allowed DIP Claims in accordance with the terms of this Plan, or other such treatment as contemplated by this Article II.C of this Plan, all guarantees provided and all Liens and security interests granted, in each case, to secure such obligations shall be automatically released, terminated, and of no further force and effect without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity. 15 The DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders shall take all actions to effectuate and confirm such termination, release, and discharge as reasonably requested by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. D. Professional Fee Claims. 1. Final Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Fee Claims. All requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Confirmation Date must be Filed no later than forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court Allows, including from the Professional Fee Escrow Account, as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed, and which Allowed amount shall not be subject to disallowance, setoff, recoupment, subordination, recharacterization, or reduction of any kind, including pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code. To the extent that funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account are insufficient to satisfy the amount of Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals, such Professionals shall have an Allowed Administrative Claim for any such deficiency, which shall be satisfied in accordance with Article II.A of this Plan. 2. Professional Fee Escrow Account. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Fee Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Fee Amount. The Professional Fee Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals until all Professional Fee Claims Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court have been irrevocably paid in full pursuant to one or more Final Orders. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estates of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims owing to the Professionals shall be paid in Cash to such Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Fee Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed; provided that the Debtors’ and the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations to pay Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall not be limited nor be deemed limited to funds held in the Professional Fee Escrow Account. When all such Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Fee Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtors without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 3. Professional Fee Amount. Professionals shall reasonably estimate in good faith their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtors before and as of the Confirmation Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than three (3) Business Days before the anticipated Effective Date; provided that such estimates shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of each Professional’s final request for payment of Filed Professional Fee Claims in the Chapter 11 Cases. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional. 4. Post-Confirmation Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors as applicable, shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of this Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may employ and pay any Professional without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 16 E. Payment of Restructuring Expenses and Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses. To the extent not otherwise paid, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall promptly pay in Cash in full outstanding and invoiced Restructuring Expenses as follows: (i) on the Effective Date, Restructuring Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, during the period prior to the Effective Date to the extent invoiced to the Debtors at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the Effective Date, and (ii) after the Effective Date, any unpaid Restructuring Expenses within five (5) Business Days of receiving an invoice; provided that such Restructuring Expenses shall be paid in accordance with the terms of any applicable engagement letters or other contractual arrangements without the requirement for the filing of retention applications, fee applications, or any other applications in the Chapter 11 Cases, and without any requirement for further notice or Bankruptcy Court review or approval; provided further that, to the extent timely invoiced, Restructuring Expenses that are not paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, within the timeframes set forth in Article II.D hereof, such Restructuring Expenses shall not be deemed waived and shall be included in a subsequent invoice. In addition, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall promptly pay in Cash and in full all outstanding and invoiced Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses pursuant to the procedures set forth in the preceding paragraph. ARTICLE III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS A. Classification of Claims and Interests. Except for the Claims addressed in Article II hereof, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest, or any portion thereof, is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that any portion of such Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of such Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under this Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

---

17 The classification of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors pursuant to this Plan is as follows: Class Claims and Interests Status Voting Rights Class 1 Other Secured Claims Unimpaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept) Class 2 Other Priority Claims Unimpaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept) Class 3 Prepetition ABL Claims Unimpaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept) Class 4 Senior Secured Notes Claims Impaired Entitled to Vote Class 5 General Unsecured Claims Unimpaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept) Class 6 Intercompany Claims Unimpaired / Impaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) Class 7 Intercompany Interests Unimpaired / Impaired Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept / Deemed to Reject) Class 8 Nine Energy Equity Interests Impaired Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject) Class 9 Section 510(b) Claims Impaired Not Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject) B. Treatment of Claims and Interests. Pursuant to this Plan, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date (or, if payment is not then due, in accordance with such Claim’s terms in the ordinary course of business) or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. 1. Class 1 – Other Secured Claims. (a) Classification: Class 1 consists of all Allowed Other Secured Claims against any Debtor. (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, either: (i) payment in full in Cash in an amount equal to its Allowed Other Secured Claim; (ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim; (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired. (c) Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 18 2. Class 2 – Other Priority Claims. (a) Classification: Class 2 consists of all Allowed Other Priority Claims against any Debtor. (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, treatment in a manner consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code and reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting Stakeholders. (c) Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 3. Class 3 – Prepetition ABL Claims. (a) Classification: Class 3 consists of all Allowed Prepetition ABL Claims against any Debtor. (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Prepetition ABL Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed Claim, each Holder of an Allowed Prepetition ABL Claim shall receive payment in full in Cash to the extent not converted into DIP Claims in accordance with the DIP Orders. (c) Voting: Class 3 is Unimpaired under this Plan. Holders of Prepetition ABL Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 4. Class 4 – Senior Secured Notes Claims. (a) Classification: Class 4 consists of all Allowed Senior Secured Notes Claims against any Debtor. (b) Treatment: Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Notes Claim agrees to less favorable treatment of its Allowed Claim, on the Effective Date, each Holder of an Allowed Senior Secured Notes Claim shall receive its pro rata share of 100% of the New Equity Interests, which shall be distributed ratably on account of the Allowed Senior Secured Notes Claims and subject to dilution on account of the Management Incentive Plan. (c) Voting: Class 4 is Impaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed Senior Secured Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 19 5. Class 5 – General Unsecured Claims. (a) Classification: Class 5 consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims against any Debtor. (b) Treatment: Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, either: (i) be Reinstated; or (ii) receive such other treatment rendering such General Unsecured Claims Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. (c) Voting: Class 5 is Unimpaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims in Class 5 are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 6. Class 6 – Intercompany Claims. (a) Classification: Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Claims. (b) Treatment: Each Allowed Intercompany Claim shall be, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, either: (i) Reinstated; (ii) set off, settled, discharged, contributed, cancelled, or converted to equity; (iii) released without any distribution on account of such Allowed Intercompany Claims; or (iv) otherwise addressed at the Debtor’s election. (c) Voting: Class 6 is Unimpaired if the Allowed Intercompany Claims are Reinstated or Impaired if the Allowed Intercompany Claims in Class 6 are cancelled. Holders of Allowed Intercompany Claims in Class 6 are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected this Plan pursuant 20 to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 7. Class 7 – Intercompany Interests. (a) Classification: Class 7 consists of all Intercompany Interests. (b) Treatment: On the Effective Date, each Allowed Intercompany Interest shall be, as determined by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, with the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, either: (i) Reinstated; (ii) set off, settled, discharged, contributed, cancelled; (iii) released without any distribution on account of such Allowed Intercompany Interest; or (iv) otherwise addressed at the Debtors’ election. (c) Voting: Class 7 is Unimpaired if the Allowed Intercompany Interests are Reinstated or Impaired if the Allowed Intercompany Interests are cancelled. Holders of Allowed Intercompany Interests in Class 7 are conclusively presumed to have accepted this Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 8. Class 8 – Nine Energy Equity Interests. (a) Classification: Class 8 consists of all Nine Energy Equity Interests. (b) Treatment: All Nine Energy Equity Interests shall be cancelled, released, discharged, extinguished, and of no further force or effect, and such Holders of Nine Energy Equity Interests shall not receive any distribution, property, or other value under this Plan on account of such Nine Energy Equity Interests. (c) Voting: Class 8 is Impaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed Nine Energy Equity Interests are conclusively deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. 9. Class 9 – Section 510(b) Claims. (a) Classification: Class 9 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims. (b) Allowance: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Section 510(b) Claim, if any Claim exists, may only become Allowed by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. (c) Treatment: All Section 510(b) Claims will be cancelled, released, discharged, and extinguished, and will be of no further force or effect, and such Holders will not receive any distribution on account of such Section 510(b) Claims. (d) Voting: Class 9 is Impaired under this Plan. Holders of Allowed Section 510(b) Claims are conclusively deemed to have rejected this Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the

---

21 Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject this Plan. C. Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, nothing under this Plan or the Plan Supplement shall affect the rights of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, regarding any Unimpaired Claims, including, all rights regarding legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claims. D. Elimination of Vacant Classes. Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Combined Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from this Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject this Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of this Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code. E. Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes. If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no Holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject this Plan, the Holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be presumed to have accepted this Plan. F. Intercompany Interests. To the extent Reinstated under this Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by Holders of such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience and due to the importance of maintaining the prepetition corporate structure, for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of the New Equity Interests in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under this Plan to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise set forth in the Restructuring Steps Plan, to the extent Reinstated pursuant to this Plan, on and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be owned by the same Reorganized Debtor that corresponds with the Debtor that owned such Intercompany Interests immediately prior to the Effective Date. G. Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of this Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B of this Plan. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of this Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any rejecting Class of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right to modify this Plan in accordance with Article X hereof to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired to the extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules. 22 H. Controversy Concerning Impairment. If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date or such other date as fixed by the Bankruptcy Court. I. Subordinated Claims and Interests. The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under this Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, and subject to any applicable consent or approval rights under the RSA, the Debtors, or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights relating thereto. ARTICLE IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN A. General Settlement of Claims and Interests. As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided under this Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of this Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, and controversies released, settled, compromised, discharged, satisfied, or otherwise resolved pursuant to this Plan. This Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies by and among the Debtors, the Consenting Noteholders, the DIP Lenders, and each of the Agents/Trustees pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such compromise and settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such settlement and compromise is fair, equitable, reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims in any Class are intended to be, and shall be, final. B. Restructuring Transactions. On or before the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall consummate the Restructuring Transactions, including by issuing all securities, notes, instruments, and other documents required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, are authorized in all respects to take all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate this Plan that are consistent with and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Restructuring Steps Plan, including: (1) the execution and delivery of any appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, formation, organization, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of this Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the RSA; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of this Plan, the Plan Supplement, and the RSA and having other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (3) the execution, delivery, and filing, if applicable, of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, formation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state Law, including any applicable New Organizational Documents; (4) the issuance and distribution of the New Equity Interests; (5) the consummation of the Exit ABL Facility, including the execution, delivery, and filing of all Exit ABL Facility Documents; (6) such other transactions that are required to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions, including any transactions set forth in the Restructuring Steps Plan; (7) the reservation of New Equity Interests on account of the Management Incentive Plan; (8) if applicable, all transactions necessary to provide for the purchase of substantially all of the assets or Interests of any of the Debtors by one or more Entities to be wholly owned 23 by the Reorganized Debtors, which purchase, if applicable, may be structured as a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes; and (9) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable Law in connection with this Plan. The Confirmation Order shall, and shall be deemed to, pursuant to both sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all of the foregoing actions and all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate any transaction described in, approved by, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate this Plan and the Restructuring Transactions herein, including any and all actions required to be taken under applicable non-bankruptcy Law. On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall issue all Securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions. C. Reorganized Debtors. On the Effective Date, the New Board shall be established and each Reorganized Debtor shall adopt its New Organizational Documents. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under this Plan as necessary to consummate this Plan. Cash payments to be made pursuant to this Plan will be made by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to satisfy their obligations under this Plan. Except as set forth herein or as otherwise provided for in the Restructuring Steps Plan, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of this Plan. D. Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall fund distributions under this Plan and the Restructuring Transactions contemplated thereby with: (1) the Debtors’ Cash on hand as of the Effective Date; (2) the New Equity Interests; and (3) the loans under the Exit ABL Facility. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments or other documents evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance. The issuance, distribution, or authorization, as applicable, of certain Securities in connection with this Plan, including the New Equity Interests, will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, as described more fully in Article IV.M hereof. 1. Use of Cash. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall use Cash on hand to fund distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, consistent with the terms of this Plan. 2. New Equity Interests. Reorganized Nine Energy, as applicable, shall be authorized to issue the New Equity Interests pursuant to the New Organizational Documents. The issuance of the New Equity Interests, including equity awards reserved for the Management Incentive Plan, shall be authorized without the need for any further corporate action or without any further action by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. On the Effective Date, the New Equity Interests shall be issued and distributed as provided for in the Restructuring Steps Plan (as applicable) pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Plan. All of the shares (or comparable units) of New Equity Interests issued pursuant to this Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance of New Equity Interests shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by 24 the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, including the New Organizational Documents, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance. Any Entity’s acceptance of New Equity Interests shall be deemed as its agreement to the New Organizational Documents, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time following the Effective Date in accordance with their terms. The issuance of New Equity Interests will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and under similar federal, state, local, or foreign laws, including in reliance on the exemption set forth in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. Following the Chapter 11 Cases, Reorganized Nine Energy shall remain a public company (i.e., subject to SEC reporting requirements of section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and on the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), Reorganized Nine Energy’s New Equity Interests shall be publicly traded on the NYSE Main Board or NYSE American Exchange of the New York Stock Exchange LLC or on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (or any successors to any of the foregoing) with the consent of the Required Consenting Noteholders. Additional information relating to the applicability of the securities law is available in Article IV.L of this Plan. 3. Exit ABL Facility. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit ABL Facility, pursuant to the Exit ABL Facility Documents. Confirmation of this Plan shall constitute (a) approval of the Exit ABL Facility and the Exit ABL Facility Documents; and (b) authorization for the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to consummate the Exit ABL Facility, including executing and delivering the Exit ABL Facility Documents, in each case, without any further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court. On the Effective Date, the Exit ABL Facility shall be issued and distributed as provided for in the Restructuring Steps Plan (as applicable) pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Plan. As of the Effective Date, all of the Liens and security interests to be granted by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable in accordance with the Exit ABL Facility Documents: (a) shall be deemed to be granted; (b) shall be legal, valid, binding, automatically perfected, non-avoidable, first-priority and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the applicable collateral specified in the Exit ABL Facility Documents; and (c) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or equitable subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy Law. To the extent provided in the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Exit ABL Facility Agent is authorized to file with the appropriate authorities mortgages, financing statements and other documents, and to take any other action in order to evidence, validate, and perfect such Liens or security interests. The priorities of such Liens and security interests shall be as set forth in the Exit ABL Facility Documents. The Exit ABL Facility Agent shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of this Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals, and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties. The guarantees granted under the Exit ABL Facility Documents have been granted in good faith, for legitimate business purposes, and for reasonably equivalent value as an inducement to the lenders thereunder to extend credit thereunder and shall be deemed to not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer and shall not otherwise be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy Law. E. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Restructuring Steps Plan, the New Organizational Documents, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated therein, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate Entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable Law in the jurisdiction in which such Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) in effect prior

---

25 to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or other formation documents) are amended under this Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended in accordance therewith, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to this Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings, approvals, or consents required under applicable state, provincial, or federal Law). After the Effective Date, the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) of one or more of the Reorganized Debtors may be amended or modified on the terms therein without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. On or after the Effective Date, one or more of the Reorganized Debtors may be disposed of, dissolved, wound down, or liquidated without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. F. Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated herein, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate, all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to this Plan, including Interests held by the Debtors in any Non-Debtor, shall vest in each respective Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, Causes of Action, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated herein, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules. For the avoidance of doubt, no Reorganized Debtor shall be treated as being liable on any Claim that is discharged pursuant to this Plan. G. Cancellation of Existing Securities, Agreements, and Interests. On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or other Definitive Documents (including the Plan Supplement and the Exit ABL Facility Documents), as applicable, all notes, instruments, certificates, credit agreements, note purchase agreements, indentures, and other documents evidencing Claims (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Secured Notes Documents, the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement, and all related collateral and credit documentation), or the Nine Energy Equity Interests, shall, be cancelled, and any rights of any Holder in respect thereof shall be deemed cancelled and of no force or effect, and all prior, present and future obligations and liabilities, actions, suits, accounts or demands, covenants, and indemnities (both actual and contingent), under or in connection with the DIP Credit Agreement, Senior Secured Notes Documents and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and any Non- Debtor Affiliates, or any other parties thereunder, or in any way related thereto, shall be deemed satisfied in full, released, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect, and the Agents/Trustees and each of the lenders and holders and their respective agents, successors and assigns, shall each be automatically and fully released and discharged of and from all duties and obligations thereunder without any need for further action or approval by the Bankruptcy Court or for a Holder to take further action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article VI hereof and the Confirmation Order, the DIP Credit Agreement, the Senior Secured Notes Documents and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement (including, in each case, all documents ancillary thereto), shall continue in effect to: (1) permit Holders of Claims under the DIP Credit Agreement, Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement to receive their respective Plan Distributions, if any; (2) permit the Reorganized Debtors and any Disbursing Agent, as applicable, to make Plan Distributions on account of the Allowed Claims under the DIP Credit Agreement, Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable; (3) permit each of the Agents under the DIP Credit Agreement and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee to seek indemnification, compensation, and/or reimbursement of fees and expenses (including the Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses) through the exercise of their respective charging Lien (including the Senior Secured Notes Trustee Charging Lien), to the extent provided for in the DIP Credit Agreement, Senior Secured Notes Documents and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement; and (4) permit the Agents/Trustees and the DIP Agent to perform any functions that are necessary to effectuate the foregoing, including appearing and being heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any other court proceeding relating to the Senior Secured Notes Documents, the 26 DIP Credit Agreement and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable. Except as provided in this Plan (including Article VI hereof) or the Confirmation Order, on the Effective Date, the Agents/Trustees and their respective agents, successors, and assigns shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their duties and obligations associated with the DIP Credit Agreement, Senior Secured Notes Documents and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable. The commitments and obligations (if any) of the Holders of the DIP Claims and Prepetition ABL Claims to extend any further or future credit or financial accommodations to any of the Debtors, any of the Reorganized Debtors, or any of their respective successors or assigns under the DIP Credit Agreement and the Prepetition ABL Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Effective Date. For the avoidance of doubt, on and after the Plan Distribution on account of the Senior Secured Notes Claims in accordance with this Plan, which shall be the final distribution made on account of the Senior Secured Notes Claims, (i) the Senior Secured Notes shall be deemed to be null, void, and worthless, and (ii) at the request of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, DTC shall take down the relevant position relating to the Senior Secured Notes without any requirement of indemnification or security on the part of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, Senior Secured Notes Trustee, as applicable, or any other party. Upon request of the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall deliver to the Senior Secured Notes Trustee a cancellation order in a form reasonably acceptable to the Senior Secured Notes Trustee with respect to the drawdown of the Senior Secured Notes from DTC. H. Corporate Action. Upon the Confirmation Date, all actions contemplated under this Plan (including the Restructuring Steps Plan and the other documents contained in the Plan Supplement) shall be deemed authorized and approved by the Bankruptcy Court in all respects without any further corporate or equity holder action, including, as applicable: (1) adoption or assumption, as applicable, of the employment agreements; (2) selection of the directors, officers, or managers for the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the New Organizational Documents; (3) the issuance and distribution of the New Equity Interests; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (5) the entry into the Exit ABL Facility Documents, as applicable, and the execution, delivery, and filing of any documents pertaining thereto; (6) all other actions contemplated under this Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date); (7) adoption of the New Organizational Documents; (8) the assumption or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (9) all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by this Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). Upon the Effective Date, all matters provided for in this Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate, partnership, limited liability company, or other governance action required by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with this Plan, including, any direction required to be provided to any of the Agents/Trustees to implement the terms of this Plan, shall be deemed to have occurred or to have been delivered, and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the Security Holders, members directors, officers, or managers of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or prior to the Effective Date, as applicable the appropriate officers of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized and directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated under this Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under this Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Equity Interests, the Exit Financing Documents, the New Organizational Documents, any other Definitive Documents, and any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.H shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy Law. I. New Organizational Documents. On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan and subject to local Law requirements, the New Organizational Documents shall be automatically adopted or amended by the Reorganized Debtors as may be necessary to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Plan. To the extent required under this Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy Law, each of the Reorganized Debtors will file its New Organizational Documents with the Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state, province, or country of incorporation in accordance with the corporate Laws of the respective state, province, or country of incorporation 27 to the extent such filing is required for each such document. The New Organizational Documents will, among other things (a) authorize the issuance of the New Equity Interests and (b) prohibit the issuance of non-voting Equity Securities to the extent required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective New Organizational Documents as permitted by the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and in accordance with the terms thereof, and the Reorganized Debtors may file such amended certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents, and other constituent documents as permitted by the Laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation or formation and the New Organizational Documents. J. Directors and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors. As of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors or other Governing Body of each of the Debtors shall expire, such current directors shall be deemed to have resigned, and all of the directors for the initial term of the New Board and the other Governing Bodies shall be appointed in accordance with the New Organizational Documents. The initial members of the New Board will be identified in the Plan Supplement, to the extent known and determined at the time of filing and shall be consistent with the New Organizational Documents; provided that the composition and identity of the New Board will be determined by the Required Consenting Noteholders in their sole discretion. Each such member and officer of the Reorganized Debtors shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the New Organizational Documents and other constituent documents of the Reorganized Debtors. K. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and their respective officers, directors, members, or managers, as applicable, are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan, the Restructuring Steps Plan, and the Securities issued pursuant to this Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to this Plan. L. Certain Securities Law Matters. Before the Petition Date the offering, the issuance and distribution of any New Equity Interests and/or the offering, issuance, and distribution of any other debt or equity securities as contemplated herein and/or pursuant to this Plan (any such debt or equity securities, the “Other Securities”) shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and/or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. After the Petition Date, pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and/or other available exemptions from registration, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity Interests as contemplated herein and/or the offering, issuance, and distribution of Other Securities, if any, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable U.S. federal, state, or local laws requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. The New Equity Interests and the Other Securities, if any, to be issued under this Plan on account of Allowed Claims in accordance with, and pursuant to, section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code will be freely transferable under the Securities Act by the recipients thereof, subject to: (a) the provisions of section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 1145(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the SEC or state or local securities laws, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments; and (b) any restrictions on the transferability of such New Equity Interests and the Other Securities in the New Organizational Documents. To the extent any portion of the New Equity Interests and Other Securities, if any, are not eligible for the exemption of registration provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, sale, issuance, and distribution of the New Equity Interests and Other Securities, if any, shall be made in reliance on section 4(a)(2) of 28 the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder and on equivalent state Law registration exemptions, or, solely to the extent such exemptions are not available, other available exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. The New Equity Interests and the Other Securities, if any, that may be issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Registration S under the Securities Act, and/or other available exemptions from registration will be considered “restricted securities,” will bear customary legends and transfer restrictions, and may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement or under an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and subject to any restrictions on the transferability of such New Equity Interests in the New Organizational Documents. Recipients of the New Equity Interests and the Other Securities, if any, are advised to consult with their own legal advisors as to the availability of any exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable Blue-Sky Laws for resales of such securities. The Reorganized Debtors need not provide any further evidence other than this Plan or the Confirmation Order to any Entity (including DTC, any nominee thereof or any transfer agent for the New Equity Interests) with respect to the treatment of the New Equity Interests to be issued under this Plan under applicable securities laws. DTC, any nominee thereof, and any transfer agent for the New Equity Interests shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon this Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether the New Equity Interests to be issued under this Plan are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC, book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository (to the extent applicable). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no Entity (including DTC, any nominee thereof and any transfer agent for the New Equity Interests) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by this Plan, including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Equity Interests and the Other Securities to be issued under this Plan are exempt from registration. Following the Effective Date, Reorganized Nine Energy shall remain a public company, and on the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), Reorganized Nine Energy’s New Equity Interests shall be publicly traded on the NYSE Main Board or NYSE American Exchange of the New York Stock Exchange LLC or on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (or any successors to any of the foregoing). M. Section 1146 Exemption. To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person) of property under this Plan or pursuant to (1) the issuance, Reinstatement, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, Equity Security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Equity Interests, (2) the Restructuring Transactions, (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means, (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease, (5) the grant of collateral as security for the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations under and in connection with the Exit ABL Facility, or (6) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, this Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to this Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, deed tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, personal property transfer tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, sales tax, use tax, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate U.S federal, state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax, recordation fee or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax, recordation fee or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee or governmental assessment.

---

29 N. Employee Compensation and Benefits. 1. Compensation and Benefits Programs. Except as otherwise set forth herein, on the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall (a) assume all employment agreements, indemnification agreements, or other employment-related agreements entered into with current or former employees who are employees as of the Petition Date or (b) enter into new agreements with such employees on terms and conditions acceptable to the Reorganized Debtors and such employees. A counterparty to or participant in a Compensation and Benefits Program assumed pursuant to this Plan shall have the same rights under such Compensation and Benefits Program as such counterparty had thereunder immediately prior to such assumption (unless otherwise agreed by such counterparty and the applicable Reorganized Debtor(s)); provided that any assumption of Compensation and Benefits Programs pursuant to this Plan or any of the Restructuring Transactions shall not (a) trigger or be deemed to trigger any change of control, change in control immediate vesting, termination, or similar provisions therein or (b) trigger or be deemed to trigger an event of “Good Reason” (or a term of like import) as a result of the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the Plan, any equity-based awards or other Interest (or the right to obtain or receive any equity-based award or other Interest) provided for in any employment agreements or other plans, programs, or arrangements and granted or contractually promised to a current or former employee, officer, director or contractor under an employment agreement or otherwise, shall not be honored and will be deemed cancelled in consideration of approval of the Plan as of the Effective Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors and the Required Consenting Noteholders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way impact the assumption of all employment agreements, indemnification agreements, or employment-related agreements. 2. Workers’ Compensation Programs. As of the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Plan Supplement, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor their obligations under: (a) all applicable workers’ compensation Laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate; and (b) the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self-insured workers’ compensation bonds, policies, programs, and plans for workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation insurance. All Proofs of Claims on account of workers’ compensation shall be deemed withdrawn automatically and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that nothing in this Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable Law, including non-bankruptcy Law with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans; provided further that nothing herein shall be deemed to impose any obligations on the Debtors in addition to what is provided for under applicable non-bankruptcy Law. O. Director and Officer Liability Insurance. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all of the Debtors’ D&O Liability Insurance Policies pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code effective as of the Effective Date. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ foregoing assumption of each of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, Confirmation of this Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtors under this Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be Filed. In addition, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies (including any “tail policy”) in effect or purchased as of the Petition Date, and all members, managers, directors, and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date or any other individuals covered by such insurance policies, will be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such policy regardless of whether such members, managers, directors, officers, or other individuals remain in such positions on or after the Effective Date. 30 P. Management Incentive Plan. Following the Effective Date, the New Board shall adopt the Management Incentive Plan, which will provide for the grants of equity and equity-based awards to employees, directors, consultants, and/or other service providers of the Reorganized Debtors, as determined at the discretion of the New Board. The Reorganized Debtors shall reserve a pool of up to 10.00% of fully-diluted New Equity Interests for the Management Incentive Plan. The awardees, terms, and conditions of the Management Incentive Plan shall be determined at the discretion of the New Board. Q. Preservation of Causes of Action. In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtors shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtors’ rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such retained Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtors pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in this Plan, including in Article VIII hereof. The Reorganized Debtors may pursue such retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the RSA, this Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available retained Causes of Action against it. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all retained Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan. The Reorganized Debtors may settle any such retained Cause of Action without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Unless any retained Causes of Action against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in this Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all retained Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such retained Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation. The Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain such Causes of Action notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to this Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any retained Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the corresponding Reorganized Debtor, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, including Article VIII hereof, or pursuant to Bankruptcy Court order. The Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such retained Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such retained Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. R. Cashless Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the treatment of Claims, distributions, and other transactions contemplated hereby, including the funding of the Exit ABL Facility, may, at the election of the applicable participating parties, be effectuated by netting or other form of cashless implementation. ARTICLE V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES A. Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. On the Effective Date, all Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that are not otherwise rejected shall be deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or 31 approval of the Bankruptcy Court, as of the Effective Date under sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than as expressly set forth in the RSA, unless such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease was (a) previously assumed, amended and assumed, assumed and assigned, or rejected by the applicable Debtors; (b) previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms; or (c) is the subject of a motion to reject such executory contract or unexpired lease that is pending on the Effective Date; or (d) is identified on the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List; provided that neither the Restructuring Transactions or any actions contemplated by this Plan shall be deemed a “change of control” or other acceleration event for purposes of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease of the Debtors. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in this Plan, the Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List, or the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List, as applicable, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, assumptions or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to this Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to this Plan or by Bankruptcy Court order but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the applicable contracting Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the provisions of this Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by a Final Order on or after the Effective Date but may be withdrawn, settled, or otherwise prosecuted by the Reorganized Debtors. Except as otherwise provided herein or agreed to by the Debtors, the Required Consenting Noteholders, and the applicable counterparty, each assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements related thereto, and all rights related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first refusal, and any other interests. Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection therewith. To the maximum extent permitted by Law, to the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to this Plan restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by this Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List and Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases List at any time through and including forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date. To the extent any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules requires the Debtors to assume or reject an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, such requirement shall be satisfied if the Debtors make an election to assume or reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease prior to the deadline set forth by the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable, regardless of whether or not the Bankruptcy Court has actually ruled on such proposed assumption or rejection prior to such deadline. B. Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall pay the Cure amounts, if any, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, with the amount and timing of payment of any such Cure dictated by the underlying agreements and/or the ordinary course of business among the parties thereto, as applicable. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the ordinary course amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Claims and Noticing Agent 32 on or before thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors of the Cure in the Debtors’ ordinary course of business; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtors from paying any Cure despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to File such request for payment of such Cure. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under this Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented to such assumption. If there is any dispute regarding any Cure amount, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of the Cure amount shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. The assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to this Plan or otherwise and full payment of any applicable Cure pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or other bankruptcy-related defaults, arising under any assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, and for which any Cure has been fully paid pursuant to this Article V, in the amount and at the time dictated by the Debtors’ ordinary course of business, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. C. Indemnification Obligations. All indemnification obligations in place as of the Effective Date (whether in the by-laws, certificates of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, limited partnership agreements, other organizational documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) for the benefit of current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, creditors, and other professionals of, or acting on behalf of, the Debtors, as applicable, shall be (a) reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable, and shall survive the Effective Date on terms no less favorable to such current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of, or acting on behalf of, the Debtors than the indemnification provisions in place prior to the Effective Date, and (b) shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors. D. Insurance Policies. Each of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as Executory Contracts under this Plan. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to coverage of all insured Claims, including all D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and (2) such insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors. E. Reservation of Rights. Nothing contained in this Plan or the Plan Supplement shall constitute an admission by the Debtors or any other party that any contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any of the Reorganized

---

33 Debtors have any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease under this Plan. F. Nonoccurrence of Effective Date. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. G. Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date. Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor liable thereunder in the ordinary course of their business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order. ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS A. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan, or as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date (or, if a Claim or Interest is not an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date, on the date that such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), each Holder of an Allowed Claim, as applicable, shall receive the full amount of the distributions that this Plan provides for Allowed Claims in the applicable Class. In the event that any payment or act under this Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date. If and to the extent that there are Disputed Claims, distributions on account of any such Disputed Claims shall be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article VII hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, Holders of Allowed Claims shall not be entitled to interest, dividends, or accruals on the distributions provided for in this Plan, regardless of whether such distributions are delivered on or at any time after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice and (b) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.B of this Plan and the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice. To the extent any Allowed Priority Tax Claim is not due and owing on the Effective Date, such Claim shall be paid in full in Cash in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Debtors and the Holder of such Claim or as may be due and payable under applicable non-bankruptcy Law or in the ordinary course of business. B. Disbursing Agent. All distributions under this Plan shall be made by a Disbursing Agent on the Effective Date. A Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other Security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Additionally, in the event that a Disbursing Agent is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne by the Reorganized Debtors. 34 All Plan Distributions to any Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Holders of Claims listed on the Claims Register (or the designees of such Holders, as applicable) shall be deemed completed by the Debtors when received by such Disbursing Agent. Distributions under this Plan shall be made to any such Holders (or the designees of such Holders, as applicable) by the applicable Disbursing Agent. C. Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent. 1. Powers of the Disbursing Agent. Each Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under this Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in such Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to this Plan, or as deemed by such Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof. 2. Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date. Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by a Disbursing Agent (including the Agents/Trustees) on or after the Effective Date (including taxes), and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses), made by such Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors. D. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions. 1. Record Date for Distribution. On the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record Holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date (or the designees of such Holders, as applicable). Unless otherwise provided in a Final Order from the Bankruptcy Court, if a Claim is transferred twenty (20) or fewer days before the Distribution Record Date, the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to the transferee only to the extent practical and, in any event, only if the relevant transfer form contains an unconditional and explicit certification and waiver of any objection to the transfer by the transferor. 2. Delivery of Distributions in General. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan Supplement, a Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims, as of the Distribution Record Date, or, if applicable, to such Holder’s designee, as appropriate: (a) at the address for each such Holder as indicated on the Debtors’ records as of the Distribution Record Date; (b) to the signatory set forth on any Proof of Claim Filed by such Holder or other representative identified therein (or at the last known addresses of such Holder if no Proof of Claim is Filed or if the Debtors have not been notified in writing of a change of address); (c) at the addresses set forth in any written notices of address changes delivered to the Reorganized Debtors or the applicable Disbursing Agent, as appropriate, after the date of any related Proof of Claim; or (d) on any counsel that has appeared in the Chapter 11 Cases on the Holder’s behalf; provided that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, distributions to Holders of Senior Secured Notes Claims shall be, or shall be deemed to be, made by or at the direction of the Senior Secured Notes Trustee which shall act as Disbursing Agent for distributions to the Holders of Senior Secured Notes Claims. The Senior Secured Notes Trustee may, to the greatest extent practicable, transfer or direct the transfer of distributions directly through the facilities of DTC (whether by means of book-entry exchange, or otherwise) and will be entitled to recognize and deal for all purposes under the Plan with Holders of Senior Secured Notes Claims to the extent consistent with the customary practices of DTC. Regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, or by any other Disbursing Agent at the reasonable direction of the Senior Secured Notes Trustee, such distributions shall be subject in all respects to the right of the Senior Secured Notes Trustee to maintain, enforce, and exercise its 35 Senior Secured Notes Trustee Charging Lien against such distributions with respect to any unpaid Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses. All Plan Distributions to be made to Holders of Senior Secured Notes Claims shall, to the greatest extent practicable, be eligible to be distributed through the facilities of DTC. 3. No Fractional Distributions. No fractional shares of New Equity Interests shall be distributed, and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to this Plan on account of an Allowed Claim, as applicable, would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Equity Interests that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Equity Interests shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half (½) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half (½) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefore. The total number of authorized shares of New Equity Interests to be distributed under this Plan shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding. 4. Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property. In the event that any distribution to any Holder of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests (as applicable) is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such Holder shall be made unless and until the applicable Disbursing Agent has determined the then-current address of such Holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such Holder without interest; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of one (1) year from the Effective Date. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any Holder of Claims to such property or interest in property shall be cancelled, released, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property Laws, or any provisions in any document governing the distribution of such unclaimed property. E. Surrender of Cancelled Instruments or Securities. On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each Holder (and the applicable Agents for such Holder, including the Agents/Trustees) of a certificate or instrument evidencing a Claim or an Interest that has been cancelled in accordance with Article IV.G hereof, shall be deemed to have surrendered such certificate or instrument to the Disbursing Agent. Such surrendered certificate or instrument shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtors and any Non-Debtor Affiliates, and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties (other than the Non-Debtor Affiliates) in respect of one another with respect to such certificate or instrument, including with respect to any indenture or agreement that governs the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest, which shall continue in effect for the purposes of allowing Holders to receive distributions under this Plan, allowing Agents/Trustees to exercise and enforce their respective charging Liens (including for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Secured Notes Trustee’s right to exercise its Senior Secured Notes Trustee Charging Lien), priority of payment, and indemnification rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the foregoing shall not apply to certificates or instruments evidencing Claims or Interests that are Unimpaired under this Plan. F. Manner of Payment. At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements. G. Compliance with Tax Requirements. In connection with this Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Disbursing Agent, and any applicable withholding or reporting agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any taxing authority, and all distributions made pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, any applicable withholding or reporting agent shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such tax withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made 36 under this Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate to comply with such tax withholding and reporting requirements. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under this Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and other spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances. H. Allocations. Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest. I. No Postpetition Interest on Claims. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Plan or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy Law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any prepetition Claims against the Debtors, and no Holder of a prepetition Claim against the Debtors shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any such prepetition Claim. Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing, interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. J. Setoffs and Recoupment. Except as expressly provided in this Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, set off and/or recoup against any Plan Distributions to be made on account of any Allowed Claim, any and all Claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim to the extent such setoff or recoupment is either (1) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and the Holder of the Allowed Claim or (2) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided that neither the failure to effectuate a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any and all Claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor or its successor may possess against the applicable Holder. In no event shall any Holder of Claims against, or Interests in, the Debtors be entitled to recoup any such Claim or Interest against any Claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors in accordance with Article XII.F hereof on or before the Effective Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment. K. Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties. 1. Claims Paid by Third Parties. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such Holder shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under this Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under this Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the five (5) Business Day grace period specified above until the amount is fully repaid.

---

37 2. Claims Payable by Third Parties. No distributions under this Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy or is found liable for satisfying in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. 3. Applicability of Insurance Policies. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (including Article III of this Plan), nothing contained in this Plan shall constitute or be deemed a release, settlement, satisfaction, compromise, or waiver of any Cause of Action that the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers, under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers. ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS A. Disputed Claims Process. Notwithstanding section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, and in light of the Unimpaired status of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims under this Plan, Holders of Claims need not File Proofs of Claim, and the Reorganized Debtors and the Holders of Claims shall determine, adjudicate, and resolve any disputes over the validity and amounts of such Claims in the ordinary course of business as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced except that (unless expressly waived pursuant to this Plan) the Allowed amount of such Claims shall be subject to, the limitations or maximum amounts permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 502 and 503 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable. All Proofs of Claim Filed in these Chapter 11 Cases shall be considered objected to and Disputed without further action by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors. Upon the Effective Date, all Proofs of Claim Filed against the Debtors, regardless of the time of filing, and including Proofs of Claim Filed after the Effective Date, shall be deemed withdrawn and expunged, other than as provided below. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, disputes regarding the amount of any Cure pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and Claims that the Debtors seek to have determined by the Bankruptcy Court, shall in all cases be determined by the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no requirement to File a Proof of Claim (or move the Bankruptcy Court for allowance) to be an Allowed Claim, as applicable, under this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Entities must File Cure objections as set forth in Article V.B of this Plan to the extent such Entity disputes the amount of the Cure paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Proofs of Claim Filed after the Effective Date shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. B. Allowance of Claims. After the Effective Date and subject to the terms of this Plan, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had with respect to any Claim or Interest immediately prior to the Effective Date. The Reorganized Debtors, with the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders (not to be unreasonably withheld), may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be Allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy Law. 38 C. Claims Administration Responsibilities. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment, objections to Claims or Interests; (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim or Interest without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had immediately prior to the Effective Date with respect to any Disputed Claim or Interest, including the Causes of Action retained pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to dispute and/or otherwise object to any General Unsecured Claim in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy Law. If the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, dispute any General Unsecured Claim, such dispute shall be determined, resolved, or adjudicated, as the case may be, in the manner as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced and shall survive the Effective Date. In any action or proceeding to determine the existence, validity, or amount of any General Unsecured Claim, any and all Claims or defenses that could have been asserted by the applicable Debtor(s) or the Entity holding such General Unsecured Claim are preserved as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not been commenced. D. Adjustment to Claims without Objection. Any duplicate Claim or any Claim that has been paid, satisfied, amended, or superseded may be adjusted or expunged (including pursuant to this Plan) on the Claims Register by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or the Claims and Noticing Agent without the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors having to File an application, motion, complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. E. Disallowance of Claims or Interests. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, and subject to the terms hereof, including Article VIII and the DIP Order, all Claims and Interests of any Entity from which property is sought by the Debtors under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors allege is a transferee of a transfer that is avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, 553(b), or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed if: (a) the Entity, on the one hand, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the other hand, agree or the Bankruptcy Court has determined by Final Order that such Entity or transferee is liable to turn over any property or monies under any of the aforementioned sections of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) such Entity or transferee has failed to turn over such property by the date set forth in such agreement or Final Order. F. No Distributions Pending Allowance. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if any portion of a Claim or Interest is a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, no payment or distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim; provided that if only the Allowed amount of an otherwise valid Claim or Interest is Disputed, such Claim or Interest shall be deemed Allowed in the amount not Disputed and payment or distribution shall be made on account of such undisputed amount pending resolution of the dispute. G. Distributions After Allowance. To the extent that a Disputed Claim or Interest ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, distributions (if any) shall be made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. As soon as reasonably practicable after the next Distribution Date after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court Allowing any Disputed Claim or Disputed Interest becomes a Final Order, the applicable 39 Disbursing Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Claim or Interest the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled under this Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest to be paid on account of such Claim or Interest. ARTICLE VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS A. Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests. Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code and except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created pursuant to this Plan or the Plan Supplement, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided herein shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims that the Reorganized Debtors resolve or compromise after the Effective Date), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whether known or unknown, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and Interests in the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to this Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services that employees of the Debtors have performed prior to the Effective Date, and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or noncontingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not (a) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or Interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (c) the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted this Plan. Any default or “event of default” by the Debtors with respect to any Claim or Interest that existed immediately prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured (and no longer continuing) as of the Effective Date. Without prejudice to the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided by this Plan, the Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims (other than any Reinstated Claims) and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, and, upon the Effective Date, all Holders of such Claims and Interests shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such Claim or Interest against the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, or any of their assets or property. B. Release of Liens. Except as otherwise provided in the Exit ABL Facility Documents, this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created pursuant to this Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to this Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with this Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, benefit, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert and, as applicable, be reassigned, surrendered, reconveyed, or retransferred to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns. Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such Holder, including the Agents/Trustees and the DIP Agent) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral or other property of any Debtor (including any Cash Collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable agents for such Holder, including the Agents/Trustees) and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release of such Lien, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens. To the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to this Plan, or any agent for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such Holder 40 (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all steps reasonably requested by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, that are necessary or desirable to record or effectuate the cancellation and/or extinguishment of such Liens and/or security interests, including the making of any applicable filings or recordings, and the Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to make any such filings or recordings on such Holder’s behalf. C. Releases by the Debtors. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order to the contrary, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, including the obligations of the Debtors under this Plan and the contributions and services of the Released Parties in facilitating the implementation of the restructuring contemplated by this Plan, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is, and is deemed to be, hereby conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably, and forever released and discharged by the Debtors, their Estates, the Reorganized Debtors, and any Person seeking to exercise the rights of the Debtors or their Estates, including any successors to the Debtors or any Estates or any Estate representatives appointed or selected pursuant to section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other Entities who may purport to assert any Claim or Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of the foregoing Entities, from any and all Claims and Causes of Action whatsoever, including any Avoidance Actions and any derivative Claims, asserted or assertable on behalf of any of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates, whether liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, matured or unmatured, asserted or unasserted, accrued or unaccrued, existing or hereafter arising, contingent or noncontingent, in Law, equity, contract, tort or otherwise, that the Debtors, their Estates, or the Reorganized Debtors, including any successors to the Debtors or any Estate representatives appointed or selected, would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtors, their Estates, or other Entity, or that any Holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor or other Entity could have asserted on behalf of the Debtors or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the Debtors’ capital structure, management, ownership, or operation thereof), the purchase, sale, or recission of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in this Plan, the business or contractual arrangements or interaction between or among any Debtor and any Released Party, the ownership and/or operation of the Debtors by any Released Party or the distribution of any Cash or other property of the Debtors to any Released Party, the assertion or enforcement of rights and remedies against the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions, any related adversary proceedings, intercompany transactions between or among a Debtor and another Debtor or an Affiliate of a Debtor, the decision to File the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, documentation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into or filing of the RSA, the DIP Documents, the DIP Facility, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement), before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, any other Definitive Document or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by this Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on this Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the DIP Documents, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, any other Definitive Document, or any Restructuring Transactions before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement or this Plan, the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, the administration and implementation of this Plan, or the distribution of property under this Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date relating to any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any Causes of Action identified in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, (b) any post-Effective Date

---

41 obligations of any party or Entity under this Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or Agreement (including any Definitive Document, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the New Organizational Documents, and other documents set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement this Plan or any Claim or obligation arising under this Plan, or (c) any Released Party from any claim or Cause of Action arising from an act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in this Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor Release is: (a) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by each of the Released Parties, including, without limitation, the Released Parties’ substantial contributions to facilitating the Restructuring Transactions and implementing this Plan; (b) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (c) in the best interests of the Debtors and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (d) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (e) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (f) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Debtors’ Estates asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release. D. Releases by the Releasing Parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or the Confirmation Order to the contrary, on and after the Effective Date, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, including the obligations of the Debtors under this Plan and the contributions and services of the Released Parties in facilitating the implementation of the restructuring contemplated by this Plan, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case except for Claims arising under, or preserved by, this Plan, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, each Released Party is, and is deemed to be, hereby conclusively, absolutely, unconditionally, irrevocably and forever, released and discharged by each and every Releasing Party, in each case on behalf of themselves and their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and any and all other Entities who may purport to assert any Claims or Cause of Action, directly or derivatively, by, through, for, or because of the foregoing Entities, from any and all Claims and Causes of Action arising at any time prior to the Effective Date, including any Avoidance Actions and any derivative claims assertable, whether liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, matured or unmatured, existing on or before the Effective Date, contingent or noncontingent, in law, equity, contract, tort, or otherwise, including any derivative Claims asserted or assertable on behalf of any of the Debtors, that such Entities would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, a Debtor, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates or other Entity, based on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, and their Estates (including the capital structure, management, ownership, or operation thereof), the Chapter 11 Cases, the purchase, sale, or recission of any Security of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the subject matter of, or the transactions or events giving rise to, any Claim or Interest that is treated in this Plan, the business or contractual arrangements or interaction between or among any Debtor and any Released Party, the assertion or enforcement of rights and remedies against the Debtors, the Debtors’ in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, intercompany transactions between or among a Debtor and another Debtor or Affiliate of a Debtor, the decision to File the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, documentation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the RSA, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Plan Supplement), before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, any other Definitive Document or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by this Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on this Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) relating to any of the foregoing, created or entered into in connection with the RSA, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, or the Plan Supplement, before or during the Chapter 11 Cases, or any Restructuring Transactions, any preference, fraudulent transfer, or other avoidance claim arising pursuant to chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or other 42 applicable Law, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Disclosure Statement, or this Plan, the solicitation of votes with respect to this Plan, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, the administration and implementation of this Plan and the Restructuring Transactions, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions and/or Plan, or the distribution of property under this Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date relating to any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or Entity under this Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including any Definitive Document, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the New Organizational Documents, and other documents set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement this Plan or any Claim or obligation arising under this Plan, or (b) any Released Party from any claim or Cause of Action arising from an act or omission that is determined by a Final Order to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained herein, and, further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Third- Party Release is: (a) consensual; (b) essential to the Confirmation of this Plan; (c) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by each of the Released Parties, including, without limitation, the Released Parties’ substantial contributions to facilitating the Restructuring Transactions and implementing this Plan; (d) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (e) in the best interests of the Debtors and their Estates; (f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (h) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release. E. Exculpation. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary, to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law and without affecting or limiting either the Debtor Release or Third-Party Release, effective as of the Effective Date, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability or obligation for, and each Exculpated Party is hereby released and exculpated from, any Cause of Action for any Claim arising from the Petition Date through the Effective Date related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, negotiation, filing, or termination of the RSA and related prepetition transactions, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the Definitive Documents, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, or any wind down transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including providing any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by this Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on this Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) in connection with the RSA and related prepetition transactions, the DIP Facility, the DIP Documents, the Definitive Documents, the New Equity Interests, the Exit ABL Facility, the Exit ABL Facility Documents, the Management Incentive Plan, the Disclosure Statement, this Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Restructuring Transactions, any preference, fraudulent transfer, or other avoidance Claim arising pursuant to chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of consummation of the Restructuring Transactions, the administration and implementation of this Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to this Plan, or the distribution of property under this Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date, except for Claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Plan. 43 F. Injunction. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan or in the Confirmation Order, or for obligations or distributions issued or required to be paid pursuant to this Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action that have been extinguished, released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation, are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action, suit, or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such released Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, liabilities, or Causes of Action; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any Lien or encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, liabilities, or Causes of Action; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property or the Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims or Interests, unless such Holder has timely Filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court expressly requesting the right to perform such setoff, subrogation or recoupment on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a Claim, Interest, or Cause of Action or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable Law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any such Claims, Interests, liabilities, or Causes of Action released or settled pursuant to this Plan. Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, all Holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former employees, agents, officers, directors, managers, principals, and direct and indirect Affiliates, in their capacities as such, shall be enjoined from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of this Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, by accepting or being eligible to accept distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest, as applicable, pursuant to this Plan (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in this Plan. No Person or Entity may commence or pursue a Claim or Cause of Action of any kind against the Exculpated Parties that relates to or is reasonably likely to relate to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of a Claim or Cause of Action, as applicable, subject to Article VIII.E hereof, without the Bankruptcy Court (i) first determining, after notice and a hearing, that such Claim or Cause of Action represents a colorable Claim not subject to exculpation under this Plan, and (ii) specifically authorizing such Person or Entity to bring such Claim or Cause of Action, as applicable, against any such Exculpated Party. G. Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment. Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Cases. H. Document Retention. On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their standard document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors. 44 I. Reimbursement or Contribution. If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent. J. Claims by the United States Government or Any State and Local Authority. Nothing in the Confirmation Order or the Plan shall effect a release of any claim by the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including any claim arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against any party or person, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan enjoin the United States or any state or local authority from bringing any claim, suit, action, or other proceedings against any party or person for any liability of such persons whatever, including any claim, suit, or action arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against such persons, nor shall anything in the Confirmation Order or the Plan exculpate any party or person from any liability to the United States Government or any of its agencies or any state and local authority whatsoever, including any liabilities arising under the Internal Revenue Code, the environmental laws, or any criminal laws of the United States or any state and local authority against any party or person. ARTICLE IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN A. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date. It shall be a condition to the Effective Date of this Plan that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B hereof: 1. each Definitive Document shall have been executed and/or effectuated, in the form and substance and contain terms and conditions consistent with the RSA or otherwise be approved by the applicable Parties in accordance with the consent rights under the RSA; 2. the RSA shall be in full force and effect, no termination event or event that would give rise to a termination event under the RSA upon the expiration of the applicable grace period shall have occurred and remain occurring, and the RSA shall not have been validly terminated before the Effective Date; 3. all allowed professional fees and expenses of retained professionals required to be approved by the Bankruptcy Court shall have been paid in full or amounts sufficient to pay such fees and expenses after the Effective Date shall have been placed in a professional fee escrow account, in each case in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Plan and the Confirmation Order; 4. all Restructuring Expenses and Senior Secured Notes Trustee Fees and Expenses shall have been paid in full and in cash in accordance with the RSA and this Plan; 5. the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the DIP Orders, consistent with the RSA, which orders shall not have been reversed, stayed, modified, dismissed, vacated, or reconsidered; 6. the DIP Facility and all the DIP Documents shall be in full force and effect, no event of default under the DIP Documents upon the expiration of the applicable grace period shall have occurred and remain occurring, and the DIP Facility shall not have been validly terminated before the Effective Date; 7. the final version of the Plan Supplement shall have been filed and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein shall be consistent in all respects with the RSA and the other Definitive Documents and subject to the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders in accordance with their respective consent rights under the RSA;

---

45 8. the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, in form and substance consistent with the RSA, and the Confirmation Order shall not have been reversed, stayed, modified, dismissed, vacated, or reconsidered, and shall have become a final and non-appealable order; 9. the New Equity Interests shall have been issued by Reorganized Nine Energy in accordance with this Plan and the RSA; 10. the New Organizational Documents shall have been executed and/or effectuated, and shall be in form and substance consistent with this Plan and the RSA; 11. the Debtors shall have otherwise substantially consummated the Restructuring Transactions, and all transactions contemplated herein, in a manner consistent in all respects with the RSA and the other Definitive Documents; 12. (i) all the Exit ABL Facility Documents and all other documentation related to the Exit ABL Facility shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto; (ii) all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Exit ABL Facility shall have been satisfied or duly waived in writing in accordance with the terms of the Exit ABL Facility by the party whose consent is required thereunder, as applicable; and (iii) the Exit ABL Facility shall have been funded and closed, and shall be in full force and effect; 13. no court of competent jurisdiction or other competent governmental or regulatory authority shall have issued any order making illegal or otherwise restricting, limiting, preventing, or prohibiting the consummation of any of the Restructuring Transactions; 14. there shall not have been instituted or be pending any action, proceeding, application, claim, counterclaim, or investigation by any governmental entity (i) making illegal, enjoining, or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Plan contemplated herein and in the Definitive Documents or (ii) imposing a material award, claim, injunction, fine or penalty that both (1) is not dischargeable, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court in the Confirmation Order, and (2) has a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the Reorganized Debtors, taken as whole; and 15. all governmental and third-party approvals and consents, including Bankruptcy Court approval, necessary in connection with the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the RSA shall have been obtained, not be subject to unfulfilled conditions, and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired or been waived. B. Waiver of Conditions. The Conditions Precedent may be waived, in whole or in part, with the written consent (email being sufficient) of the Debtors and the Required Consenting Stakeholders. C. Substantial Consummation. “Substantial consummation” of this Plan, as defined by section 1101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date. D. Effect of Failure of Conditions. If Consummation does not occur, this Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the RSA, this Plan, or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by the Debtors or any Holder of Claims or Interests of any Claim or Interest; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors, any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity, respectively; provided that all provisions of the RSA that survive termination thereof shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof. 46 ARTICLE X. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THIS PLAN A. Modification and Amendments. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan and to the extent permitted by the RSA, the Debtors reserve the right to modify this Plan, with the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to those restrictions on modifications set forth in this Plan and the RSA, and the requirements of section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rule 3019, and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, each of the Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, to alter, amend, or modify this Plan, with the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, with respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify this Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Plan. B. Effect of Confirmation on Modifications. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to this Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019. C. Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan. To the extent permitted by the RSA, the Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw this Plan prior to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw this Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then: (1) this Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in this Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain, and including the Allowance or disallowance, of all or any portion of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under this Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to this Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in this Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity. ARTICLE XI. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or relating to, the Chapter 11 Cases and this Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to: 1. allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims; 2. decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or this Plan; 3. resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect to which a Debtor 47 may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cure pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V hereof, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired; 4. ensure that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished (as applicable) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan; 5. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date; 6. adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code; 7. enter and implement such orders as may be necessary to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of this Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created or entered into in connection with this Plan, the Confirmation Order, or the Disclosure Statement; 8. enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; 9. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of this Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with this Plan or otherwise in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases; 10. issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of this Plan; 11. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the settlements, releases, injunctions, discharges, exculpations, and other provisions contained in this Plan, including under Article VIII hereof, whether arising prior to or after the Effective Date, and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement and enforce such releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions; 12. resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.K hereof; 13. enter and implement such orders as are necessary if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated; 14. determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to this Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with this Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement; 15. enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases; 16. adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under this Plan or any transactions contemplated herein; 48 17. consider any modifications of this Plan, to Cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order; 18. determine requests for the payment of Claims entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code; 19. hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of this Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with this Plan; 20. hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code; 21. hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions, and releases granted in this Plan, including under Article VIII hereof, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date; 22. enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and 23. hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code. As of the Effective Date, notwithstanding anything in this Article IX to the contrary, the New Organizational Documents shall be governed by the jurisdictional provisions therein and the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction with respect thereto. ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Immediate Binding Effect. Subject to Article IX.A hereof, and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of this Plan (including the documents and instruments contained in the Plan Supplement) shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, and any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Holders of Claims or Interests are deemed to have accepted this Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in this Plan, each Entity acquiring property under this Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims or Interests shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable, pursuant to this Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or Interest has voted on this Plan. B. Additional Documents. Subject to and in accordance with the RSA, on or before the Effective Date, the Debtors may File with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of this Plan, subject to the RSA and the consent rights set forth therein. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims receiving distributions pursuant to this Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of this Plan. C. Payment of Statutory Fees. All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of each of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the Chapter 11 Cases are converted, dismissed, or closed, whichever occurs first.

---

49 D. Reservation of Rights. Except as expressly set forth in this Plan, this Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of this Plan, any statement or provision contained in this Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date. E. Successors and Assigns. The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in this Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, Related Party, officer, manager, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity. F. Notices. All notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows: 1. if to the Debtors, to: Nine Energy Service, Inc. 2001 Kirby Drive, Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77019 Attention: Guy Sirkes, Theodore Moore E-mail: guy.sirkes@nineenergyservice.com; ted.moore@nineenergyservice.com with copies to: Kirkland & Ellis LLP 333 West Wolf Point Plaza Chicago, Illinois 60654 Attention: Chad J. Husnick, P.C.; Seth T. Sanders E-mail: chad.husnick@kirkland.com; seth.sanders@kirkland.com and Kirkland & Ellis LLP 601 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10022 Attention: Ross J. Fiedler E-mail: ross.fiedler@kirkland.com 2. if to a Consenting Noteholder, to: Milbank LLP 55 Hudson Yards New York, New York 10001 Attention: Evan R. Fleck; Matthew Brod; Abigail Debold E-mail: efleck@milbank.com; mbrod@milbank.com; 50 adebold@milbank.com 3. if to the Consenting Prepetition ABL Lenders, to: Paul Hastings LLP 200 Park Avenue New York, New York 10166 Attention: Jennifer Yount; Roger G. Schwartz; Rafael Alvarado E-mail: jenniferyount@paulhastings.com; rogerschwartz@paulhastings.com; rafaelalvarado@paulhastings.com After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors have the authority to send a notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, such Entity must File a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests. G. Term of Injunctions or Stays. Unless otherwise provided in this Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in this Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect from and after the Effective Date in accordance with their terms. H. Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise indicated, this Plan (including the documents and instruments in the Plan Supplement) supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into this Plan. I. Exhibits. All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are an integral part of this Plan and are incorporated into and are a part of this Plan as if set forth in full in this Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at https://dm.epiq11.com/NineEnergy or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at https://www.deb.uscourts.gov/. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan Supplement exhibit or document shall control. J. Nonseverability of Plan Provisions. If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of this Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of this Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, Impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of this Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: 51 (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to this Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ consent; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent. K. Votes Solicited in Good Faith. Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on this Plan in good faith and in compliance with section 1125(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Exculpated Parties, the directors and officers of any of the Debtors, each of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, and with respect to the foregoing, the Related Parties thereto, will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under this Plan or any previous plan, and, therefore, no such parties nor individuals or the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable Law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on this Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under this Plan and any previous plan. L. Closing of Chapter 11 Cases. Upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be permitted to close all of the Chapter 11 Cases except for one of the Chapter 11 Cases, as determined by the Reorganized Debtors, and all contested matters (if any) relating to each of the Debtors, including objections to Claims, shall be administered and heard in such Chapter 11 Case. The Reorganized Debtors shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Cases. M. Waiver or Estoppel. On the Effective Date, each Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or with any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in this Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers to be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date. 52 Dated: March 3, 2026 NINE ENERGY SERVICE, INC. on behalf of itself and all other Debtors By: /s/ Guy Sirkes Name: Guy Sirkes Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

---

Document

EXHIBIT 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Name	Jurisdiction
CDK Perforating, LLC	Texas
Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC	Delaware
Frac Technology AS	Norway
Magnum Oil Tools GP, LLC	Texas
Magnum Oil Tools International, LTD	Texas
MOTI Holdco, LLC	Delaware
Nine Downhole Norway AS	Norway
Nine Downhole Technologies, LLC	Delaware
Nine Energy Canada Inc.	Alberta, Canada
Nine Energy Service, LLC	Delaware
RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC	Texas

Document

EXHIBIT 22.1

List of Subsidiary Guarantors and Affiliates Whose Securities Collateralize

Securities of Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Each of the subsidiaries of the Company listed in the table below (each, a “Subsidiary Guarantor”) is a guarantor of the Company’s 13.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”), and the equity interests of each Subsidiary Guarantor have been pledged as collateral for the Notes and the guarantees thereof.

Name	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
CDK Perforating, LLC	Texas
Crest Pumping Technologies, LLC	Delaware
Magnum Oil Tools GP, LLC	Texas
Magnum Oil Tools International, LTD	Texas
MOTI Holdco, LLC	Delaware
Nine Downhole Technologies, LLC	Delaware
Nine Energy Service, LLC	Delaware
RedZone Coil Tubing, LLC	Texas

Document

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Ann Fox, certify that:

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.;

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for the external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)        All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)        Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 4, 2026	/s/  Ann G. Fox
		Ann G. Fox
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
		(Principal Executive Officer)

Document

EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

I, Guy Sirkes, certify that:

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 of Nine Energy Service, Inc.;

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)        Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for the external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)        Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)        All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)        Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 4, 2026	/s/ Guy Sirkes
		Guy Sirkes
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

Document

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ann G. Fox, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1)	the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
---	---	---	---
		/s/  Ann G. Fox
		Ann G. Fox
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
		(Principal Executive Officer)
		Date:	March 4, 2026

Document

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nine Energy Service, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Guy Sirkes, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1)	the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)	the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
---	---	---	---
		/s/ Guy Sirkes
		Guy Sirkes
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)
		Date:	March 4, 2026